Quarterlytics / Industrials / Industrial - Distribution / Pool Corp

Pool Corp

pool · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker pool
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Industrial - Distribution
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Pool Corp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL 
REPORT  2020

OUR NETWORKS AND LOCATIONS
 

AMERICAS 

EUROPE 

9

3
 

9
 

7
 

4


55
 

11
 

56
 

AUSTRALIA

9
 

76
 

3
 

26
 

SCP ®
SC
SCPCPCPPP®®®
SCSCSCSCPSCPSCPSCPSS PP®®®®

228 

Superior®
p
®oororororoor®®®®®
SSuSuSupSupSupSupSupSupSupSuSuupupupereeeererererererriiiii

Horizon® 
Hor
HHHHoHoHoHoHHorHorororororrizoizoizizizizizzozozoonnnnnn®®n®®®®®

73 

76 

NPT®
NP
NPNPNPNPNPNPNN NNPTPTPTPTTTTTTT®®®®®®

21 

Total Sales Centers 
ToT
ToToToToToToToTototttttttttaaalalalalalalaaallll SSaSaSaSaSaSaSSalalalllllee esesesesesese  C

398
 

TABLE OF 

CONTENTS
 

Message to Our Shareholders 

.................................

1
 

POOLCORP’s Operating Priorities 

...........................

 2
 

Financial Highlights 

................................................

 3
 

Best of the Best 2020 

..............................................

 4
 

Pool Corporation 2020 Form 10-K 

...........................

 5
 

Company Officers and Directors,
 
Shareholder Information 
.............

 Inside Back Cover
 

VISION 
STATEMENT
 

Our vision is to establish POOLCORP as the global, digital
distribution leader in swimming pool, backyard and irrigation 
and landscape distribution markets.

MISSION 
STATEMENT 

To provide exceptional value to our customers and suppliers, 
creating exceptional return for our shareholders while providing 
exceptional opportunities for our employees. 

 
DEAR FELLOW SHAREHOLDERS,
 

We  achieved  extraordinary  results  in  2020.  Record  sales  of  $3.9  billion,  a  23%  increase 
from 2019, were realized against the backdrop of unprecedented global health and economic 
conditions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, and consumers’ responses to coping with its 
impact on their daily lives.  Our results reflect a tremendous effort by our team to provide the 
products and materials to fulfill homeowners’ demands to improve their home environment 
and  remain  safe  as  the  pandemic  limited  other  leisure  alternatives.  Operating  income 
increased  36%  to  a  record  $464.0  million  and  earnings  per  share  rose  40%  to  $8.97  for 
2020.  Our strong operating performance generated a record $397.6 million in cash flow from 
operating activities and produced a Return on Invested Capital (ROIC) of 39.2% for the year.  
Our results for 2020 were truly astounding; however, they also reflect a continuation of steady  
growth and performance achieved over many years.  As we enter 2021, we are positioned 
to  again  deliver  strong  results,  provide  exceptional  value  to  our  customers  and  suppliers,  
create exceptional returns for our shareholders and provide remarkable opportunities for our 
employees.  

While it was difficult, the COVID-19 pandemic highlighted the strength and resiliency of our 
organization.  Our team quickly adapted customer service procedures, operating processes 
and  facilities  access  to  function  safely,  while  continuing  to  deliver  outstanding  customer 
service.  Merely adjusting to this ‘new normal’ was challenging but meeting the accelerating 
demand  for  our  products  was  nearly  overwhelming.  Our  team  rose  to  the  challenge, 
dedicating  their  energies  and  expertise  to  fulfill  customers’  rapidly  increasing  needs. 
Our  record  results  speak  directly  to  our  team’s  commitment  and  loyalty  to  our  customers 
in doing what it takes to get the job done, regardless of the circumstances. 

By virtually any measure, 2020 was an unparalleled year.  It challenged and strengthened 
our  organization,  but  it  also  reinforced  our  commitment  to  our  core  operating  priorities 
in  guiding  us  through  these  times.   Our  operating  priorities,  which  are  safety,  growth, 
profitability  and  being  an  Employer  of  Choice,  were  evident  as  we  addressed  the 
challenges presented in 2020. 

•  Safety is our top priority, but it took on a special meaning in 2020 as the COVID-19 
pandemic raised the bar on keeping our employees and customers safe in the presence 
of a dangerous virus as we addressed our everyday business activities.  We quickly 
adapted  our  facilities  and  routines  by  implementing  enhanced  safety  procedures, 
leveraging touchless technology tools, such as Pool360 and BlueStreak, and finding 
new and innovative ways to safely interact with and efficiently serve our customers. 

•  Growth, in all forms, is critical to our continued success.  Organic growth of 22% was 
driven by the strong consumer demand for outdoor living products and supplies and 
generally  favorable  weather  conditions  throughout  the  year.  Our  industry-leading 
product breadth and well-stocked sales centers allowed us to grow market share by 
responding  effectively  to  the  rapidly  changing  and  challenging  conditions.  Growth 
through  acquisitions  expanded  our  geographic  footprint,  adding  customers  and 
product categories and, perhaps most importantly, adding valuable members to the 
Pool Corporation team.  In 2020, we completed four acquisitions, adding 25 new sales 
centers, more than 250 new team members and over $200 million in annualized sales 
to our future growth potential. 

•  Profitability	  generates  the  resources  needed  to  invest  in  customer  service 
enhancements, labor saving tools and systems and future growth.  Amplified demand 
and  favorable  weather  during  2020  challenged  us  to  be  more  efficient  without 
sacrificing customer service in a dramatically changed operating environment.  Our 
ongoing  investments  in  capacity  creation  initiatives  and  process  streamlining  paid 
off handsomely as we leveraged technology tools such as Pool360 (our web-based 
customer portal) and BlueStreak (our mobile kiosk order processing application) to 
enhance customer service, improve order accuracy and reduce staff order processing 
time and costs.  Process improvements resulting from more efficient product storage 
configurations  and  the  deployment  of  time-saving  warehouse  equipment  and 
streamlined  system  enhancements  contributed  to  lower  cost  growth  and  improved 
profitability.  We also utilized virtual solutions for our customer, supplier and employee 
interactions since our ability to safely travel and connect face-to-face was restricted. 

–––– 111111111 –––––
 

The  time  and  cost-saving  benefits  from  these  investments  and  actions  not  only 
resulted in record profitability but positions us to continue realizing these profitability 
enhancements well into the future. 

•  We  aim  to  be  an  Employer  of  Choice,  and  we  focus  on  attracting,  retaining  and 
rewarding the  best  available talent in  the  industry.   As  a service-oriented business 
in  a  highly  competitive  marketplace,  our  success  is  directly  linked  to  our  ability 
to attract a talented and diverse group of people and develop them into a team that 
delivers consistently superior results.  Our record-setting performance in 2020 is a 
testimonial to the quality of our team, the depth of their expertise and their commitment 
to  overcome  any  challenge  in  order  to  achieve,  and  exceed,  our  goals.  As  our 
networks expand, we have a continuous need for capable people to assume growing 
leadership  and  customer-facing  roles  and  responsibilities.   To  prepare  our  people 
for these opportunities, we operate a dedicated, fully-staffed education and training 
center, the EDGE, which offers online and on-site training curriculum, providing our 
team members with the resources they need to grow personally and professionally, 
strengthening  our  team  as  a  whole.  Combined  with  performance-based  incentive 
compensation  programs,  industry-leading  employee  benefits  and  ever-expanding 
growth  opportunities,  Pool  Corporation  strives  to  provide  a  working  environment 
enabling  the  best  and  brightest  to  achieve  their  career  goals  and  contribute  to  our 
continuing success. 

As  we  look  ahead  to  2021,  we  anticipate  robust  demand  as  COVID-influenced  home 
investment  trends  continue.  Pool  builders  and  remodelers  are  reporting  lengthy  order 
backlogs,  and  early  year  pool  permit  activity  is  strong,  indicating  continued  growth  
opportunity in the first half of 2021 and potentially beyond.  Severe weather and record cold 
temperatures experienced in February throughout Texas, one of our largest swimming pool 
markets, damaged many swimming pools and will add to the existing, strong replacement 
opportunity in that market.  As work-from-home practices persist, city dwellers seek more 
open  spaces,  the  U.S.  population  continues  its  migration  to  southern,  year-round  outdoor 
living  markets  and  the  millennial  generation  (the  second  largest  population  cohort  in 
U.S.  history)  reaches  its  prime  household  and  family  development  years,  the  outlook  for 
swimming  pool  and  outdoor  living  related  business  growth  appears  to  be  promising  for  
many years to come. 

As  we  report  these  extraordinary  results  from  2020,  we  continue  a  legacy  of  exceptional 
performance.  In fact, we celebrated our 25th anniversary as a public company in October 
2020.  During  that  25-year  period,  our  share  value  increased  by  485  times  over  its 
split-adjusted IPO value, generating a compound annual shareholder return of over 28%.  Only 
one other public company provided a higher total return to its shareholders during that period. 
We also gained recognition from Investor’s Business Daily® as it ranked Pool Corporation as 
second among the Best ESG Companies in its 2020 IBD Composite Ratings, demonstrating 
that  strong  social  and  environmental  stewardship  can  generate  exceptional  investment 
returns.   Perhaps  most  noteworthy  of  all,  Pool  Corporation  was  selected  as  an  S&P  500 
company, joining the prestigious index in October 2020.  We celebrate these accolades and 
reflect on a successful history while focusing on the challenges and opportunities that lie 
ahead.  We are encouraged by what we see, are well-positioned to achieve our goals and have 
the team in place to continue our success well into the future. 

We  appreciate  our  shareholders’  ongoing  support  as  we  continue  pursuing  our  vision  of 
being the global, digital distribution leader in swimming pool, backyard and irrigation and 
landscape distribution markets. 

Peter D. Arvan 
President and 
Chief Executive Officer 

John E. Stokely 
Chairman of the Board of Directors 
and Lead Independent Director 

 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
SAFETY  | GROWTH  | 
PROFITABILITY  | 
EMPLOYER OF CHOICE 

POOLCORP’S OPERATING PRIORITIES 
are our guiding force, ensuring that all efforts going forward  
are aligned with these core values. 

• SAFETY 

In 2020, COVID-19 forced us to rethink the meaning of safety to extend
beyond injury reduction and prevention. As our sales centers endeavored 
to keep their teams and their customers healthy and safe while keeping the 
supply chain open to keep pools and hot tubs clean and clear, the need for 
personal protective equipment grew and changed. Even with these unique 
challenges, our team managed to capture improvements in all safety  
categories to ensure that every employee goes home safe and healthy   
to their family at the end of each day. 

• GROWTH  AND PROFITABILITY 

As stay-at-home mandates gave families a new appreciation for their 
homes and backyards, demand for outdoor living products grew 
exponentially. Productivity gains from capacity creation, which means 
making better use of our current resources including POOL360, the 
BlueStreak sales kiosk, and more efficient truck utilization, contributed 
greatly to our company’s success. Sales center products were properly 
stocked in prime locations and technology utilized to allow customers
to get what they needed as quickly and efficiently as possible. 

WE BELIEVE THE RENEWED INTEREST IN  
SWIMMING POOLS AND OUTDOOR LIVING IS 
NOT ONLY GREAT NEWS FOR OUR INDUSTRY BUT 
ALSO FOR HOMEOWNERS WHO WILL BENEFIT 
FROM A SAFE, HAPPY ENVIRONMENT FOR THEIR 
FAMILIES NOW AND FOR YEARS TO COME. ” 

–– PETER D. ARVAN, President and Chief Executive Officer 

• EMPLOYER OF CHOICE

As an Employer of Choice in 2020, investing in our people meant giving 
employees resources and tools to stay safe, stay productive, and continue 
to learn and grow in new ways. To that end, the HR Team launched a new,  
multi-purpose system to streamline common HR tasks and enhance 
security. Classes at the EDGEucation Training Center and our International 
Sales Conference went virtual, allowing more employees than ever to 
participate, and performance reviews encouraged valuable feedback
to help each employee reach their potential. 

– 2 – 

NET SALES     (IN  MILLIONS) 

$4,500 

$4,000 

$3,500 

$3,000 

$2,500 

$2,000 

$1,500 

$1,000 

$500 

2,788.2 

2,998.1

3,199.5 

2,246.6 

2,363.1 

2,570.8 

1,954.0 

2,079.7 

1,793.3 

1,613.7 

9% CAGR 2010-2020 

3,936.6 

GROSS PROFIT     (IN  MILLIONS) 

$1,200 

$1,000 

$800 

$600 

$400 

$200 

567.4 

591.3 

643.3 

675.6 

471.3 

531.6 

9% CAGR 2010-2020

1,130.9 

870.2 

924.9 

805.3 

741.1 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

2020 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

2020 

OPERATING INCOME     (IN  MILLIONS) 

$500 

$450 

$400 

$350 

$300 

$250 

$200 

$150 

$100 

$50 

101.2 

126.7 
125.1 

165.5 

151.8 

144.9 

216.2 

188.9 

16% CAGR 2010-2020 

471.0 

464.0 

341.2 

313.9 

284.4 

255.9 

NET INCOME     (IN  MILLIONS) 

$400 

$350 

$300 

$250 

$200 

$150 

$100 

$50 

149.0 

128.3 

97.3 

110.7 

57.6 

73.6 
72.0 

88.9 

82.0

20% CAGR 2010-2020 

373.0 

366.7 

261.6 

234.5 

191.6 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

2020 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

2020 

Adjustment to Operating Income 

Adjustment to Net Income 

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE 

23% CAGR 2010-2020 

RETURN ON EQUITY     (USING ADJUSTED NET INCOME)

$10.00 

$9.00 

$8.00 

$7.00 

$6.00 

$5.00 

$4.00 

$3.00 

$2.00 

$1.00 

3.47 

2.90 

2.05 

2.44 

1.15 

1.50 
1.47 

1.85 
1.71

9.12 

8.97 

6.40 

5.62 

4.51 

120% 

100% 

80% 

60% 

40% 

20% 

20.4% 

25.5% 

64.6% 

51.3% 

41.7% 

31.2% 

33.9% 

111.1% 

89.5% 

82.5% 

70.7% 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

2020 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

2020 

Adjustment to Diluted EPS 

CUMULATIVE ADJUSTED NET INCOME 
& CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS     (IN MILLIONS) 

SOURCES OF CASH 
SINCE COMPANY INCEPTION  (IN MILLIONS) 

USES OF CASH 
SINCE COMPANY INCEPTION  (IN MILLIONS) 

$2,600 

$2,400 

$2,200 

$2,000 

$1,800 

$1,600 

$1,400 

$1,200 

$1,000 

$800 

$600 

$400 

PROCEEDS 
FROM DEBT 
$338.2 
(10%) 

STOCK 
ISSUANCE 
$339.6 
(11%) 

CAPITAL 
EXPENDITURES
 $355.0 
(11%) 

ACQUISITIONS, 
NET AND OTHER 
INVESTMENTS 
$601.6 
(19%) 

DIVIDENDS 
$670.9 
(21%) 

CASH FLOW FROM OPERATIONS 
$2,516.1  (79%) 

TREASURY STOCK 
$1,526.1  (49%) 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

2019 

2020 

CFFO 

Adjusted Net Income

The adjustments to Operating Income, Net Income and Diluted EPS in 2011 and 2012 reflect non-cash goodwill impairment charges.   In 2020, the adjustment to Operating Income reflects non-cash impairment charges of $6.9. 

Adjustments to Net Income and Diluted EPS in 2020 reflect non-cash impairment charges (net of tax) of $6.3 and $0.15 per diluted share.  The CAGRs in these tables are based on the unadjusted amounts.
 

–––– 33333333333 –––––
 
3

  
BEST  
OF THE 
BEST  
2020 

I AM VERY PROUD OF OUR TEAM AND THEIR ABILITY TO   
STAY FOCUSED ON DELIVERING OUTSTANDING CUSTOMER 
SERVICE IN A SAFE AND EFFECTIVE MANNER  THROUGHOUT 
THIS CHALLENGING AND UNPRECEDENTED PERIOD. THEIR  
DEDICATION AND RESILIENCY IS SECOND TO NONE.” 

– PETER D. ARVAN, President and Chief Executive Officer 
–

THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS WERE SELECTED AS THE 

TOP SALES CENTERS 

FOR 2020 IN THEIR RESPECTIVE DIVISIONS: 

•  South Florida | SCP Puerto Rico 

•  Mountain | SCP Salt Lake City, UT 

•  Southeast | SCP Atlanta, GA 

•  Southern California | SCP Murrieta, CA 

•  Midwest  | Superior Pittsburgh, PA 

•  Pacific | SCP Fresno, CA  

•  Northeast | Superior Blackwood, NJ 

•  West  | Horizon Vacaville, CA 

•  Canada | SCP London, ON 

•  South | Horizon Goodyear, AZ 

•  Central | SCP Olive Branch, MS 

•  Europe | SCP Germany 

•  Southwest | SCP New Braunfels, TX 

– 4 – 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K 

(Mark One) 

☒ 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 

or 

☐ 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE
ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from              to 

Commission File Number: 0-26640 

POOL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of 

incorporation or organization) 

109 Northpark Boulevard, 
Covington,  Louisiana 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

36-3943363 
(I.R.S. Employer 

Identification No.) 

70433-5001 

(Zip Code) 

(985)  892-5521 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share 

Trading Symbol(s) 
POOL 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
Nasdaq Global Select Market


Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None


Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.           

Yes  ☒  No  ☐

 Yes  ☐  No  ☒

 Yes  ☒  No  ☐ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period 
that the registrant was required to submit such files).    

Yes ☒  No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller 
reporting  company,  or  an  emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,” 
“smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer 

Non-accelerated filer 

☒

☐

Accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company 

☐ 

☐ 

☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period 
for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised  financial  accounting  standards  provided  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  of  the  Exchange 
Act.    ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C. 
7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). 

Yes  ☐  No  ☒

The  aggregate  market  value  of  voting  and  non-voting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  registrant  based  on  the 
closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock as of June 30, 2020 was $10,531,013,045. 

As of February 19, 2021, there were 40,229,370 shares of common stock outstanding. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement to be mailed to stockholders on or about March 30, 2021 for the

Annual Meeting to be held on May 4, 2021, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
POOL CORPORATION 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I. 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 

PART II. 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures 

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 

Purchases of Equity Securities


Item 6. 
Item 7. 

Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 

Operations


Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial 

Disclosure


Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

PART III. 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 

Stockholder Matters


Item 13. 
Item 14. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

PART IV. 

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 
Form 10-K Summary 

Index to Exhibits and Signatures 

Page 

1

12

18

19

21

21


22


23

24


45

46

81


81

84


84

84

84


84

84


85

85


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Item 1.  Business 

General 

PART I.


Pool  Corporation  (the  Company,  which  may  be  referred  to  as  we,  us  or  our)  is  the  world’s  largest  wholesale  distributor  of 
swimming  pool  supplies,  equipment  and  related  leisure  products  and  is  one  of  the  leading  distributors  of  irrigation  and 
landscape  products  in  the  United  States.  Our  vision  is  to  establish  POOLCORP  as  the  global,  digital  distribution  leader  in 
swimming pool, backyard and irrigation and  landscape distribution  markets.  The Company was incorporated  in the State of 
Delaware in 1993 and has grown from a regional distributor to a multi-national, multi-network distribution company. 

Our industry is highly fragmented, and as such, we add considerable value to the industry by purchasing products from a large 
number of manufacturers and then distributing the products to our customer base on conditions that are more favorable than our 
customers could obtain on their own. 

As of December 31, 2020, we operated 398 sales centers in North America, Europe and Australia through our four distribution 
networks: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

SCP Distributors (SCP); 
Superior Pool Products (Superior); 
Horizon Distributors (Horizon); and 
National Pool Tile (NPT). 

Our Industry 

We believe that the swimming pool industry is relatively young, with room for continued growth from the increased penetration 
of new pools.  Significant growth opportunities also reside with pool remodel and pool equipment replacement activities due to 
the  aging  of  the  installed  base  of  swimming  pools,  technological  advancements  and  the  development  of  energy-efficient  and 
more  aesthetically  attractive  products.  Additionally,  the  desire  for  consumers  to  enhance  their  outdoor  living  spaces  with 
hardscapes, lighting and outdoor kitchens also promotes growth in this area.  

Favorable  demographic  and  socioeconomic  trends  have  positively  impacted  our  industry,  and  we  believe  these  trends  will 
continue to do so in the long term.  These favorable trends include the following: 

•	

•	
•	

•	

•	 

long-term  growth  in  housing  units  in  warmer  markets  due  to  the  population  migration  toward  the  southern  United 
States, where use of the outdoor home environment is more prevalent and extends longer throughout the year; 
increased homeowner spending on outdoor living spaces for relaxation and entertainment; 
consumers  bundling  the  purchase  of  a  swimming  pool  and  other  products,  with  new  irrigation  systems,  landscaping 
and improvements to outdoor living spaces often being key components to both pool installations and remodels; 
consumers using more automation and control products, higher quality materials and other pool features that add to our 
sales opportunities over time; and 
increased  consumer  spending  on  homes  including  outdoor  living  spaces  driven  by  stay-at-home  and  remote  work 
trends. 

Almost  60%  of  consumer  spending  in  the  pool  industry  is  for  maintenance  and  minor  repair  of  existing  swimming 
pools.  Maintaining  a  proper  sanitization  balance  and  the  related  upkeep  and  repair  of  swimming  pool  equipment,  such  as 
pumps,  heaters,  filters  and  safety  equipment,  creates  a  non-discretionary  demand  for  pool  chemicals,  equipment  and  other 
related  parts  and  supplies.  We  also  believe  cosmetic  considerations  such  as  a  pool’s  appearance  and  the  overall  look  of 
backyard environments create an ongoing demand for other maintenance-related goods and certain discretionary products. 

We  believe  that  the  recurring  nature  of  the  maintenance  and  repair  market  has  historically  helped  maintain  a  relatively 
consistent  rate  of  industry  growth.  This  characteristic  has  helped  cushion  the  negative  impact  on  revenues  in  periods  when 
unfavorable  economic  conditions  and  softness  in  the  housing  market  adversely  impacted  consumer  discretionary  spending 
including pool construction and major replacement and refurbishment activities.  

1


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
The following table reflects growth in the domestic installed base of in-ground swimming pools over the past 11 years (based 

on Company estimates and information from 2019 P.K. Data, Inc. reports): 


The  replacement  and  refurbishment  market  currently  accounts  for  close  to  25%  of  consumer  spending  in  the  pool 
industry.  The activity in this market, which includes major swimming pool remodeling, is driven by the aging of the installed 
base of pools.  The timing of these types of expenditures is more sensitive to economic factors including home values, single-
family  home  sales  and  consumer  confidence  that  impact  consumer  spending  compared  to  the  maintenance  and  minor  repair 
market. 

New swimming pool construction comprises just over 15% of consumer spending in the pool industry.  The demand for new 
pools is driven by the perceived benefits of pool ownership including relaxation, entertainment, family activity, exercise and 
convenience.  The industry competes for new pool sales against other discretionary consumer purchases such as kitchen and 
bathroom  remodeling,  boats,  motorcycles,  recreational  vehicles  and  vacations.  The  industry  is  also  affected  by  other  factors 
including, but not limited to, consumer preferences or attitudes toward pool and related outdoor living products for aesthetic, 
environmental, safety or other reasons. 

The  irrigation  and  landscape  industry  shares  many  characteristics  with  the  pool  industry,  and  we  believe  that  it  will  realize 
similar long-term growth rates.  Irrigation system installations often occur in tandem with new single-family home construction 
making it more susceptible to economic variables that drive new home sales.  However, the landscape industry offers similar 
maintenance-related growth opportunities as the swimming pool industry.  Product offerings such as chemicals and fertilizers, 
power equipment and related repair and maintenance services offer recurring revenue streams in an industry otherwise closely 
tied to the housing market.  The irrigation and landscape distribution business serves both residential and commercial markets, 
with the majority of sales related to the residential market.  We believe that irrigation accounts for approximately 35% - 40% of 
total spending in the industry, with the remaining 60% - 65% of spending related to landscape maintenance products, power 
equipment, hardscapes and specialty outdoor products and accessories.  

2


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Our NPT network primarily serves the swimming pool market but does provide some overlap with the irrigation and landscape 
industries  as  we  offer  our  market-leading  brand  of  pool  tile,  composite  pool  finish  products  and  hardscapes.  As  more 
consumers  create  and  enhance  outdoor  living  areas  and  continue  to  invest  in  their  outdoor  environment,  we  believe  we  can 
focus  our  resources  to  address  such  demand,  while  leveraging  our  existing  pool  and  irrigation  and  landscape  customer  base.  
We feel the development of our NPT network is a natural extension of our distribution model.  In addition to our 21 standalone 
NPT  sales  centers,  we  currently  have  over  100  SCP  and  Superior  sales  centers  that  feature  consumer  showrooms  where 
landscape and swimming pool contractors, as well as homeowners, can view and select pool components including pool tile, 
decking materials and interior pool finishes in various styles and grades, and serve as stocking locations for our NPT branded 
products.  We also offer virtual tools for homeowners to select and design their pool and outdoor environments, working with 
their chosen contractors to install these products.  We believe our showrooms, local stocking of products and virtual support 
provide  us  with  a  competitive  advantage  in  these  categories.  Given  the  more  discretionary  nature  of  these  products,  this 
business is more sensitive to external market factors compared to our business overall. 

Economic Environment 

Certain  trends  in  the  housing  market,  the  availability  of  consumer  credit  and  general  economic  conditions  (as  commonly 
measured by Gross Domestic Product or GDP) affect our industry, particularly new pool and irrigation system starts as well as 
the  timing  and  extent  of  pool  refurbishments,  equipment  replacement,  landscaping  projects  and  outdoor  living  space 
renovations.  

We believe that over the long term, single-family housing turnover and home value appreciation may correlate with demand for 
new pool construction, with higher rates of home turnover and appreciation having a positive impact on new pool starts over 
time.  We also believe that homeowners’ access to consumer credit is a critical factor enabling the purchase of new swimming 
pools  and  irrigation  systems.  Similar  to  other  discretionary  purchases,  replacement  and  refurbishment  activities  are  more 
heavily impacted by economic factors such as consumer confidence, GDP and employment levels.  Contractor labor availability 
has also become an issue in recent years, limiting our customers’ ability to fully meet consumer construction and renovation 
demand. 

The market environment from June 2009, when the Great Recession ended, until 2020, when the COVID-19 pandemic-induced 
recession  began,  was  characterized  by  steady  economic  expansion,  the  cautious  recovery  of  consumer  spending,  modest 
housing  recovery  and  low  inflation.  However,  in  terms  of  homeowners  investing  in  their  existing  homes,  discretionary 
expenditures, including backyard renovations, have flourished over this time period with steady increases in home values and 
lack  of  affordable  new  homes  prompting  homeowners  to  stay  in  their  homes  longer  and  upgrade  their  home  environments, 
including their backyards.  Due to the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, many families spent more time at home and sought out 
opportunities to create or expand existing home-based outdoor living and entertainment spaces, which resulted in an increase in 
new  pool  construction  and  greater  expenditures  for  maintenance  and  remodeling  products,  despite  the  overall  decline  in 
economic activity in the U.S.  While we estimate that new pool construction increased from approximately 80,000 units in 2019 
to  approximately  100,000  units  in  2020,  construction  levels  are  still  down  approximately  55%  compared  to  peak  historical 
levels and down approximately 40% from what we consider normal levels.  An average of approximately 170,000 new units per 
year were built in the years leading up to the Great Recession.  We expect that new pool and irrigation construction levels will 
continue to grow incrementally, but we believe that consumer investments in outdoor living spaces beyond the swimming pool 
will generate greater growth over the next several years.  

Times of strong economic conditions in the United States enable further replacement, remodeling and new construction activity.  
Although  some  constraints  exist  around  residential  construction  activities,  we  believe  that  we  are  well  positioned  to  take 
advantage of both the market expansion and the inherent long-term growth opportunities in our industry.  Additionally, recent 
regulation passed by the U.S. Department of Energy mandates all new and replacement motors and pumps for swimming pools 
must  meet  certain  compliance  regulations  by  July  2021.  This  mandate,  coupled  with  additional  product  developments  and 
technological advancements, offers further growth opportunities over the next few years.    

Considering the factors discussed above, we believe we will realize annual sales growth rates of approximately 6% to 8% over 
the next five years. 

3


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Business Strategy and Growth


Our  mission  is  to  provide  exceptional  value  to  our  customers  and  suppliers,  creating  exceptional  return  to  our  shareholders, 
while providing exceptional opportunities to our employees.  Our core strategies are as follows: 

• 
• 
• 

to promote the growth of our industry; 
to promote the growth of our customers’ businesses; and 
to continuously strive to operate more effectively.  

We  promote  the  growth  of  our  industry  through  various  advertising  and  promotional  programs  intended  to  raise  consumer 
awareness of the benefits and affordability of pool ownership, the ease of pool maintenance and the many ways in which a pool 
and  the  surrounding  spaces  may  be  enjoyed  beyond  swimming.  These  programs  include  digital  and  media  advertising, 
industry-oriented  website  development  such  as  www.swimmingpool.com®,  www.hottubs.com®  and  www.nptpool.com®, 
social  media  platforms  and  other  digital  marketing  initiatives,  including  our  NPT®  Backyard  mobile  app.  We  use  these 
programs as tools to educate consumers and lead prospective pool owners to our customers. 

We  promote  the  growth  of  our  customers’  businesses  by  offering  comprehensive  support  programs  that  include  promotional 
tools  and  marketing  support  to  help  our  customers  generate  increased  sales.  Our  uniquely  tailored  programs  include  such 
features  as  customer  lead  generation,  personalized  websites,  brochures,  direct  mail,  marketing  campaigns  and  business 
development training.  As a customer service, we also provide certain retail store customers assistance with all aspects of their 
business,  including  site  selection,  store  layout  and  design,  product  merchandising,  business  management  system 
implementation,  comprehensive  product  offering  selections  and  efficient  ordering  and  inventory  management  processes.  In 
addition to these programs, we feature consumer showrooms in over 100 of our sales centers and host our annual Retail Summit 
to educate our customers about product offerings and the overall industry, although we did not host our annual Retail Summit in 
January 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic.  We also act as a day-to-day resource by offering product and market expertise 
to serve our customers’ unique needs.  

In addition to our efforts aimed at industry and customer growth, we strive to operate more effectively by continuously focusing 
on improvements in our operations.  We aim to create capacity with business to business development tools and execution to 
ensure best-in-class service and value creation for our customers and suppliers.  In particular, we have developed the Pool360 
and  Horizon  24/7  platforms  that  help  our  customers  be  more  productive  by  allowing  them  to  get  pricing,  check  availability, 
enter orders and make payments online while leveraging our customer service staff resources, particularly during peak business 
periods.  These tools not only offer real-time integration into our enterprise resource planning system, creating efficiencies in 
our business processes as well, but they also provide our customers graphical catalog presentation in the same platform.  We’ve 
enhanced our BlueStreak mobile order processing, which enables our sales associates with wireless technology that puts them 
next to the customer rather than behind the counter.  Orders are processed faster, often eliminating the need for customers to get 
out  of  their  vehicles.  We  are  also  actively  making  improvements  to  our  sales  centers  and  warehouses,  including  improved 
showroom layouts, sales center merchandising and velocity slotting.  Velocity slotting uses technology to identify fast moving, 
high velocity items, which are then color-coded and placed in an easily accessible location to create efficiencies for both our 
employees  and  customers.  In  addition  to  these  initiatives,  we  strive  to  expand  our  Pool  Corporation-branded  products  and 
exclusive brand offerings. 

We have grown our distribution networks through new sales center openings, acquisitions and the expansion of existing sales 
centers depending on our market presence and capacity.  For additional information regarding our new sales center openings, 
acquisitions  and  closures/consolidations,  see  Item  7,  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and 
Results of Operations,” and Item 8, Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in this Form 10-K. 

We plan to continue to make strategic acquisitions and open new sales centers to further penetrate existing markets and expand 
into both new geographic markets and new product categories.  We believe that our high customer service levels and expanded 
product offerings have enabled us to gain market share historically.  Going forward, we expect to realize sales growth higher 
than the industry average due to further increases in market share and continued expansion of our product offerings. 

We estimate that price inflation has averaged 1% to 2% annually in our industry over the past ten years.  We generally pass 
industry price increases through our supply chain and may make strategic volume inventory purchases ahead of vendor price 
increases in order to obtain favorable pricing.  We estimate that annual price inflation in 2018 and 2020 was consistent with the 
ten-year average.  We estimate that annual price inflation in 2019 was approximately 2% above our historical range as we sold 
through strategic inventory purchases from 2018.  We believe that results in 2021 will be impacted by inflationary product cost 
increases of approximately 2% to 3% (compared to our historical average of 1% to 2%). 

4


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Customers and Products


We  serve  roughly  120,000  customers.  No  single  customer  accounted  for  10%  or  more  of  our  sales  in  2020.  Most  of  our 
customers are small, family-owned businesses with relatively limited capital resources.  Most of these businesses provide labor 
and technical services to the end consumer and operate as independent contractors and specialty retailers employing no more 
than ten employees (in many cases, working alone or with a limited crew).  These customers also buy from other distributors, 
mass merchants, home stores and certain specialty and internet retailers. 

We provide extended payment terms to qualified customers for sales under early buy programs.  The extended terms usually 
require payments in equal installments in April, May and June or May and June depending on geographic location.  See Item 7. 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Estimates -
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts” for additional information. 

We sell our products primarily to the following types of customers: 

•	
•	
•	
•	
•	

swimming pool remodelers and builders; 
specialty retailers that sell swimming pool supplies; 
swimming pool repair and service businesses; 
irrigation construction and landscape maintenance contractors; and 
commercial  customers  who  service  large  commercial  installations  such  as  hotels,  universities  and  community 
recreational facilities. 

We conduct our operations through 398 sales centers in North America, Europe and Australia.  Our primary markets, with the 
highest concentration of swimming pools, are California, Texas, Florida and Arizona, collectively representing approximately 
54% of our 2020 net sales.  In 2020, we generated approximately 94% of our sales in North America (including Canada and 
Mexico), 5% in Europe and 1% in Australia.  While we continue to expand both domestically and internationally, we expect 
this geographic mix to be similar over the next few years.  References to product line and product category data throughout this 
Form  10-K  generally  reflect  data  related  to  the  North  American  swimming  pool  market,  as  it  is  more  readily  available  for 
analysis and represents the largest component of our operations. 

We  use  a  combination  of  local  and  international  sales  and  marketing  personnel  to  promote  the  growth  of  our  business  and 
develop and strengthen our customers’ businesses.  Our sales and marketing personnel focus on developing customer programs 
and promotional activities, creating and enhancing sales management tools and providing product and market expertise.  Our 
local  sales  personnel  work  from  our  sales  centers  and  are  charged  with  understanding  and  meeting  our  customers’  specific 
needs. 

We  offer  our  customers  more  than  200,000  manufacturer  and  Pool  Corporation-branded  products.  We  believe  that  our 
selection of pool equipment, supplies, chemicals, replacement parts, irrigation and related products and other pool construction 
and recreational products is the most comprehensive in the industry.  We sell the following types of products: 

•	
•	
•	

•	
•	

•	

•	

•	

	 maintenance products, such as chemicals, supplies and pool accessories; 

repair and replacement parts for pool equipment, such as cleaners, filters, heaters, pumps and lights; 
fiberglass  pools  and  hot  tubs  and  packaged  pool  kits  including  walls,  liners,  braces  and  coping  for  in-ground  and 
above-ground pools; 
pool equipment and components for new pool construction and the remodeling of existing pools; 
irrigation  and  related  products,  including  irrigation  system  components  and  professional  lawn  care  equipment  and 
supplies; 
building  materials,  such  as  concrete,  plumbing  and  electrical  components,  both  functional  and  decorative  pool 
surfaces, decking materials, tile, hardscapes and natural stone, used for pool installations and remodeling; 
commercial  products,  including  American  Society  of  Material  Engineers  heaters,  safety  equipment  and  commercial 
pumps and filters; and 
other  pool  construction  and  recreational  products,  which  consist  of  a  number  of  product  categories  and  include 
discretionary  recreational  and  related  outdoor  living  products,  such  as  hot  tubs,  grills  and  components  for  outdoor 
kitchens, that enhance consumers’ use and enjoyment of outdoor living spaces. 

We currently have over 600 product lines and approximately 50 product categories.  Based on our 2020 product classifications, 
sales for our pool and hot tub chemicals product category represented approximately 10% of total net sales for 2020 and 12% of 
total net sales in 2019 and 2018.  No other product categories accounted for 10% or more of total net sales in any of the last 
three fiscal years. 

5


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
We  continue  to  identify  new  related  product  categories,  and  we  typically  introduce  new  categories  each  year  in  select 
markets.  We then evaluate the performance in these markets and focus on those product categories that we believe exhibit the 
best long-term growth potential.  We expect to realize continued sales growth for these types of product offerings by expanding 
the number of locations that offer these products, increasing the number of products offered at certain locations and continuing 
a modest broadening of these product offerings on a company-wide basis.  

Recent  regulation  passed  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Energy  mandates  all  new  and  replacement  motors  and  pumps  sold  for 
swimming pools must meet certain compliance regulations by July 2021.  We expect to see minimal impact from this change 
until  mid-way  through  the  2021  season.  New  product  technology  provides  opportunities  not  only  for  improved  energy 
efficiency  but  also  new  enticements  for  leisure  activities.  Smart  controls  provide  growth  opportunities  as  most  existing 
swimming pools run on mechanical time clocks.  Major equipment manufacturers have developed and will continue to develop 
more retrofit kits that allow homeowners to interact with their pools or hot tubs through their smartphones.  Robotic cleaners 
offer  consumers  a  more  efficient  option  for  maintaining  their  swimming  pools.  We  see  each  of  these  developments  as 
significant  growth  opportunities.  We  offer  a  growing  selection  of  energy-efficient  and  environmentally  preferred  products, 
which supports sustainability and helps our customers save energy, water and money.  Our green technology products include 
variable speed pumps, LED pool and hot tub lights and high-efficiency heat pumps.  

Over  the  last  several  years,  we  have  increased  our  product  offerings  and  service  abilities  related  to  commercial  swimming 
pools.  We consider the commercial market to be a key growth opportunity as we focus more attention on providing products to 
customers who service large commercial installations such as hotels, universities and community recreational facilities.  While 
we are leveraging our existing networks and relationships to grow this market, in 2017, we also acquired Lincoln Equipment, 
Inc.,  a  national  distributor  of  equipment  and  supplies  to  commercial  and  institutional  swimming  pool  customers.  Sales  to 
commercial customers declined in 2020 due to COVID-19 related closures and the decline in both business and leisure travel.  
We expect commercial sales to improve as COVID-19 pandemic conditions ease. 

In 2020, the sale of maintenance and minor repair products (non-discretionary) accounted for almost 60% of our sales and gross 
profits, while just over 40% of our sales and gross profits were derived from the refurbishment, replacement, construction and 
installation (equipment, materials, plumbing, electrical, etc.) of swimming pools (partially discretionary).  During the economic 
downturn, which spanned from late 2006 to early 2010 and reached its low point in 2009, sales of maintenance and minor repair 
products  had  increased  to  approximately  70%  of  our  sales  and  gross  profits  due  to  the  significant  declines  in  new  pool 
construction and deferred remodeling and replacement activity.  The current trend reflects a partial shift back toward a greater 
percentage of our sales coming from major refurbishment and replacement products due to the recovery of these activities since 
levels reached their historic low point in 2009.   

Post-2009, we experienced product and customer mix changes, including a shift in consumer spending to some higher value, 
lower  margin  products  such  as  variable  speed  pumps  and  high  efficiency  heaters.  In  2020,  we  experienced  higher  sales  of 
lower  margin,  big-ticket  items,  such  as  pool  equipment  and  in-ground  and  above-ground  pools.  These  products  positively 
contribute to our sales and gross profit growth but negatively impact our gross margin.  We expect continued demand for these 
products, but believe our efforts in various pricing and sourcing initiatives, including growth in our higher margin private label 
and  exclusive  products  (PLEX)  and  our  expansion  of  building  materials  product  offerings,  have  helped  offset  these  gross 
margin declines and will lead to somewhat flat or slightly lower gross margin trends over the next few years. 

Operating Strategy 

We  distribute  swimming  pool  supplies,  equipment  and  related  leisure  products  domestically  through  our  SCP  and  Superior 
networks and internationally through our SCP network.  We adopted the strategy of operating two distinct distribution networks 
within the U.S. swimming pool market primarily to offer our customers a choice of distinctive product selections, locations and 
service personnel. 

We distribute irrigation and related products through our Horizon network and tile, decking materials and interior pool finish 
products through our NPT network, as well as through SCP and Superior networks.  We evaluate our sales centers based on 
their  performance  relative  to  predetermined  standards  that  include  both  financial  and  operational  measures.  Our  corporate 
support groups provide our field operations with various services, such as developing and coordinating customer and vendor 
related  programs,  human  resources  support,  information  systems  support  and  expert  resources  to  help  them  achieve  their 
goals.  We  believe  our  incentive  programs  and  feedback  tools,  along  with  the  competitive  nature  of  our  internal  networks, 
stimulate and enhance employee performance. 

6


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Distribution


Our  sales  centers  are  located  within  population  centers  near  customer  concentrations,  typically  in  industrial,  commercial  or 
mixed-use zones.  Customers may pick up products at any sales center location, or we may deliver products to their premises or 
job sites via our trucks or third-party carriers. 

Our  sales  centers  maintain  well-stocked  inventories  to  meet  our  customers’  immediate  needs.  We  utilize  warehouse 
management  technology  to  optimize  receiving,  inventory  control,  picking,  packing  and  shipping  functions.  For  additional 
information regarding our inventory management, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Estimates - Inventory Obsolescence,” of this Form 10-K.  

We also operate four centralized shipping locations (CSLs) in the United States that redistribute products we purchase in bulk 
quantities to our sales centers or, in some cases, directly to customers.  Our CSLs are regional locations that carry a wide range 
of traditional swimming pool, irrigation and landscape products and related construction products.  

Purchasing and Suppliers 

We  enjoy  good  relationships  with  our  suppliers,  who  generally  offer  competitive  pricing,  return  policies  and  promotional 
allowances.  It is customary in our industry for certain manufacturers to manage their shipments by offering seasonal terms to 
qualifying  purchasers  such  as  Pool  Corporation,  which  are  referred  to  as  early  buy  purchases.  These  early  buy  purchases 
typically allow us to place orders in the fall at a modest discount, take delivery of product during the off-season months and pay 
for these purchases in the spring or early summer. 

Our  preferred  vendor  program  encourages  our  distribution  networks  to  stock  and  sell  products  from  a  smaller  number  of 
vendors offering the best overall terms and service to optimize profitability and shareholder return.  We also work closely with 
our  vendors  to  develop  programs  and  services  to  better  meet  the  needs  of  our  customers  and  to  concentrate  our  inventory 
investments.  These  practices,  together  with  a  more  comprehensive  service  offering,  have  positively  impacted  our  selling 
margins and our returns on inventory investments.  See Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations - Critical Accounting Estimates - Vendor Programs,” for additional information. 

We  regularly  evaluate  supplier  relationships  and  consider  alternate  sourcing  to  assure  competitive  cost,  service  and  quality 
standards.  Our  largest  suppliers  include  Pentair  plc,  Hayward  Pool  Products,  Inc.  and  Zodiac  Pool  Systems,  Inc.,  which 
accounted for approximately 20%, 10% and 9%, respectively, of the cost of products we sold in 2020. 

Competition 

We are the largest wholesale distributor of swimming pool and related backyard products (based on industry knowledge and 
available  data)  and  the  only  truly  national  wholesale  distributor  focused  on  the  swimming  pool  industry  in  the  United 
States.  We are also one of the leading distributors of irrigation and landscape products in the United States.  We face intense 
competition from many regional and local distributors in our markets and from one national wholesale distributor of landscape 
supplies.  We also face competition, both directly and indirectly, from mass market retailers (both store-based and internet) and 
large pool supply retailers who primarily buy directly from manufacturers. 

Some geographic markets we serve, particularly the four largest and higher pool density markets of California, Texas, Florida 
and Arizona, have a greater concentration of competition than others.  Barriers to entry in our industry are relatively low.  We 
believe that the principal competitive factors in swimming pool and irrigation and landscape supply distribution are: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

the breadth and availability of products offered; 
the quality and level of customer service, including ease of ordering and product delivery; 
the breadth and depth of sales and marketing programs; 
consistency and stability of business relationships with customers and suppliers; 
competitive product pricing; and 
geographic proximity to the customer. 

We believe that we generally compete favorably with respect to each of these factors. 

7


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
	
	
Seasonality and Weather


Our business is highly seasonal.  In general, sales and operating income are highest during the second and third quarters, which 
represent the peak months of swimming pool use, pool and irrigation installation and remodeling and repair activities.  Sales are 
substantially lower during the first and fourth quarters.  In 2020, we generated approximately 61% of our net sales and 76% of 
our operating income in the second and third quarters of the year. 

We typically experience a build-up of product inventories and accounts payable during the winter months in anticipation of the 
peak selling season.  Excluding borrowings to finance acquisitions and share repurchases, our peak borrowing usually occurs 
during the late spring and summer, primarily because extended terms offered by our suppliers are typically payable in April, 
May and June, while our peak accounts receivable collections typically occur in June, July and August. 

We expect that our quarterly results of operations will continue to fluctuate depending on the timing and amount of revenue 
contributed by new and acquired sales centers.  Based on our peak summer selling season, we generally open new sales centers 
and close or consolidate sales centers, when warranted, either in the first quarter before the peak selling season begins or in the 
fourth quarter after the peak selling season ends. 

Weather is one  of the  principal  external  factors affecting our business.  The  table  below presents some  of the  possible  effects 
resulting from various weather conditions. 

Weather 
Hot and dry 

•	

•	

Possible Effects 
Increased purchases of chemicals and supplies 
for existing swimming pools 
Increased purchases of above-ground pools and 
irrigation and lawn care products 

Unseasonably cool weather or extraordinary amounts 
of rain 

•	

	 Fewer pool and irrigation and landscaping 

installations 

Unseasonably early warming trends in spring/late cooling 
trends in fall 

(primarily in the northern half of the U.S. and Canada) 

Unseasonably late warming trends in spring/early cooling 
trends in fall 

(primarily in the northern half of the U.S. and Canada) 

•	
•	

	 Decreased purchases of chemicals and supplies 
	 Decreased purchases of impulse items such as 

above-ground pools and accessories 

•	

	 A longer pool and landscape season, thus positively 

impacting our sales 

•	

	 A shorter pool and landscape season, thus negatively 

impacting our sales 

For  discussion  regarding  the  effects  seasonality  and  weather  had  on  our  results  of  operations  in  2020  and  2019,  see  Item  7, 
“Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  - Seasonality  and  Quarterly 
Fluctuations,” of this Form 10-K. 

Government Regulations 

Our business is subject to regulation under local fire codes and international, federal, state and local environmental and health 
and  safety  requirements,  including  regulation  by  the  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  the  Consumer  Product  Safety 
Commission,  the  Department  of  Transportation,  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration,  the  National  Fire 
Protection Agency and the International Maritime Organization.  Most of these requirements govern the packaging, labeling, 
handling, transportation, storage and sale of chemicals and fertilizers.  We store certain types of chemicals and/or fertilizers at 
each of our sales centers and the storage of these items is strictly regulated by local fire codes.  In addition, we sell algaecides 
and  pest  control  products  that  are  regulated  as  pesticides  under  the  Federal  Insecticide,  Fungicide  and  Rodenticide  Act  and 
various state pesticide laws.  These laws primarily relate to labeling, annual registration and licensing. 

8


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
Human Capital Management 


We  employed  approximately  4,500  people  at  December  31,  2020.  Given  the  seasonal  nature  of  our  business,  our  peak 
employment period is the summer and, depending on expected sales levels, we add 200 to 500 employees to our work force to 
meet seasonal demand.  Approximately 90% of our employees are located in the U.S. 

We believe that our success is a direct result of the contributions and commitment of our employees.  We provide competitive 
pay and benefits, as well as training and other resources to our employees.  Our goal is to be an Employer of Choice through 
focusing on the engagement, development, retention and health and well‑being of our employees.  We have established a set of 
standard  operating  procedures  to  optimize  our  human  capital  management  function,  including  hiring  and  human  resource 
policies,  training  practices  and  operational  instruction  manuals.  We  focus  on  the  following  factors  in  implementing  and 
developing our human capital strategy: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

employee health, safety and wellness; 
employee growth and development; 
diversity and inclusion; and 
employee compensation and benefits. 

Employee Health, Safety and Wellness 

Our  commitment  to  the  health,  safety  and  wellness  of  our  employees  ranks  at  the  top  of  our  core  fundamental  values.  Our 
ultimate goal is to send every employee home each night in the same condition in which they came to work that morning.  We 
aim  to  achieve  zero  serious  injuries  through  continued  investment  in  and  focus  on  our  core  safety  programs  and  injury-
reduction initiatives.  This effort begins immediately with new employees and is reinforced each day through a focus on safety 
awareness, risk identification and other essential safety protocols. 

During the COVID-19 pandemic, we have taken a number of actions to protect the health and well-being of our employees and 
to reward our employees for their contributions to our success.  These actions include providing personal protective equipment, 
expanding  healthcare  benefits  and  re-configuring  working  spaces  and  arrangements.  We  also  made  efforts  to  reward  our 
employees by extending paid leave and paying additional discretionary bonuses to our employees for their contributions. 

Employee Growth and Development 

We strive to be an Employer of Choice by investing in our employees.  Our goal is to attract, develop and retain a talented team 
of people inspired by our mission to provide exceptional value to our customers and suppliers and create exceptional return to 
our  shareholders,  while  providing  exceptional  opportunities  for  our  employees.  Our  success  depends  on  our  employees 
understanding how their work contributes to the company’s overall strategy.  We use a variety of channels to facilitate open and 
direct communication with our employees, including open forums with executives and employee experience surveys.  

When  our  employees  succeed,  the  company  succeeds.  To  help  our  employees  achieve  success  in  their  roles,  we  emphasize 
continuous training and development opportunities.  These include safety and security protocols, updates on new products and 
service  offerings  and  deployment  of  technologies.  We  also  provide  managerial  training  to  mid-level  managers  and 
departmental  leaders.  This  coursework  covers  topics  such  as  talent  review,  development  of  underperforming  employees, 
handling employee misconduct and coaching and success workshops.  

We  also  provide  an  entry  level  program  to  prepare  Manager  Trainees  (MITs)  for  sales  and  operations  management 
opportunities.  Our  MITs  are  hosted  at  either  our  state-of-the-art  EDGEucation  Center,  located  in  Plano,  TX  or  in  a  virtual 
classroom.  Our program includes lectures, projects and role play to provide MITs with industry knowledge, leadership skills 
and the tools necessary to succeed within our organization. 

Diversity and Inclusion 

We are committed to fostering a diverse and inclusive workplace that represents the communities in which we work and live.  
We believe that diversity drives innovation and delivers the best solutions to complex problems, and we are building a culture 
where differences are welcomed and valued.  To achieve this, we are committed to expanding the diversity of our workforce 
through the hiring, retention and advancement of underrepresented populations.  In addition, we support our existing employees 
with training and development that helps create a more inclusive environment.  Our recent initiatives include the establishment 
of a diversity and inclusiveness team, expanding existing content in core employee development programs and improving our 
efforts to recruit and hire first-class diverse talent.  

9


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Employee Compensation and Benefits 

We strive to provide market-competitive pay, benefits and services to our employees.  Our performance-based compensation 
philosophy is based on rewarding each employee’s individual contributions regardless of gender, race or ethnicity.  Our total 
compensation  package  includes  cash  compensation  (base  salary  and  incentive  or  bonus  payments),  company  contributions 
toward additional benefits (such as health and disability plans), retirement plans with a company match and paid time off.  We 
also  offer  the  opportunity  to  become  a  shareholder  through  equity  grants  for  management  and  our  employee  stock  purchase 
plan.  

Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG) 

We  are  committed  to  sustainable  business  practices,  which,  for  us,  includes  offering  eco-friendly  products  to  our  customers, 
closely  monitoring  our  sourcing  activities,  providing  a  safe,  inclusive  work  environment  for  our  employees,  and  being  good 
stewards within the communities we serve.  Currently, we are taking steps to trim our carbon footprint and to improve product 
choices that allow our customers to reduce their environmental impact.  Further, we are installing more energy-efficient systems 
throughout our network and ensuring that our health and wellness programs include affordable, high quality benefits to improve 
the lives of our employees.  We are continually striving to ensure success in our business while protecting resources for future 
generations.  Our  sustainability  goals  include  the  reduction  of  greenhouse  gases  and  other  harmful  air  emissions,  water 
conservation, energy conservation and carbon footprint minimization.  We continue to improve the ways in which we handle, 
distribute, transport and dispose of all products, particularly the chemicals and fertilizers that we sell.  

We are dedicated to growing the swimming pool industry and have chosen charitable activities to support the swimming pool 
environment, in addition to our support of other local organizations.  We actively encourage our employees to volunteer and 
engage with their communities through our stewardship committee and supporting charitable organizations.  We believe these 
endeavors will continue to create value for our customers, shareholders, employees, suppliers and communities.  

Our employees, managers and officers conduct our business under the direction of our CEO and the oversight of our Board of 
Directors (our Board) to enhance our long-term value for our stockholders.  The core responsibility of our Board is to exercise 
its fiduciary duty to act in the best interests of our company and our stockholders.  In exercising this obligation, our Board and 
committees  perform  a  number  of  specific  functions,  including  risk  assessment,  review  and  oversight.  While  management  is 
responsible for the day-to-day management of risk, our Board is responsible for oversight of our risk management programs, 
ensuring  that  an  appropriate  culture  of  risk  management  exists  within  the  company,  and  assisting  management  in  addressing 
specific risks, such as strategic risks, financial risks, regulatory risks and operational risks. 

Intellectual Property 

We maintain both domestic and foreign registered trademarks and patents, primarily for our Pool Corporation and Pool Systems 
Pty.  Ltd.  (PSL)  branded  products  that  are  important  to  our  current  and  future  business  operations.  We  also  own  rights  to 
numerous internet domain names. 

Geographic Areas 

The  table  below  presents  net  sales  by  geographic  region,  with  international  sales  translated  into  U.S.  dollars  at  prevailing 
exchange rates, for the past three fiscal years (in thousands): 

United States 
International 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 
2,911,772 
287,745 
3,199,517 

2020 
3,579,990 
356,633 
3,936,623 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2018 
2,720,077 
278,020 
2,998,097 

10


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
The table below presents net property and equipment by geographic region, with international property and equipment balances 
translated into U.S. dollars at prevailing exchange rates, for the past three fiscal year ends (in thousands): 

United States 
International 

2020 

December 31, 
2019 

$ 

$ 

100,857 
7,384 
108,241 

$ 

$ 

105,170 
7,076 
112,246 

$ 

$ 

2018 

100,905 
6,059 
106,964 

Website Access and Available Information 

Our website is www.poolcorp.com.  The information on our website is not a part of this document.  

Our  annual  report  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current  reports  on  Form  8-K  and  amendments  to  those 
reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are available free of charge 
on our website at www.poolcorp.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such reports with, or furnish 
them to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). 

11


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

Cautionary Statement for Purposes of the “Safe Harbor” Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act 
of 1995 

This report contains forward-looking information that involves risks and uncertainties.  Our forward-looking statements express 
our current expectations or forecasts of possible future results or events, including projections of earnings and other financial 
performance  measures,  statements  of  management’s  expectations  regarding  our  plans  and  objectives  and  industry,  general 
economic  and  other  forecasts  of  trends,  future  dividend  payments,  share  repurchases  and  other  matters.  Forward-looking 
statements speak only as of the date of this filing, and we undertake no obligation to update or revise such statements to reflect 
new circumstances or unanticipated events as they occur.  You can identify these statements by the fact that they do not relate 
strictly  to  historic  or  current  facts  and  often  use  words  such  as  “anticipate,”  “estimate,”  “expect,”  “intend,”  “believe,”  “will 
likely  result,”  “outlook,”  “project,”  “may,”  “can,”  “plan,”  “target,”  “potential,”  “should”  and  other  words  and  expressions  of 
similar meaning.  

No assurance can be given that the expected results in any forward-looking statement will be achieved, and actual results may 
differ  materially  due  to  one  or  more  factors.  For  these  statements,  we  claim  the  protection  of  the  safe  harbor  for  forward-
looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. 

Risk Factors 

Certain  factors  that  may  affect  our  business  and  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  in  any 
forward-looking statement are described below.  Investors should carefully consider the risks described below in addition to the 
other  information  set  forth  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  The  risks  discussed  below  are  not  the  only  risks  we  face.  
Other risks or uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently believe are immaterial, may materially affect our 
business if they occur.  Moreover, new risks emerge from time to time.  Further, our business may also be affected by additional 
factors that generally apply to all companies operating in the U.S. and globally, which have not been included.  

Risks Relating to Macroeconomic Conditions 

The  demand  for  our  swimming  pool,  irrigation,  landscape  and  related  outdoor  living  products  may  be  adversely  affected 
by unfavorable economic conditions. 

Consumer  discretionary  spending  affects  our  sales  and  is  impacted  by  factors  outside  of  our  control,  including  general 
economic conditions, the residential housing market, unemployment rates and wage levels, interest rate fluctuations, inflation, 
disposable income levels, consumer confidence and access to credit.  In economic downturns, the demand for swimming pool, 
irrigation,  landscape  and  related  outdoor  living  products  may  decline,  often  corresponding  with  declines  in  discretionary 
consumer  spending,  the  growth  rate  of  pool  eligible  households  and  swimming  pool  construction.  Maintenance  and  repair 
products  and  certain  replacement  and  refurbishment  products  are  required  to  maintain  existing  swimming  pools,  and  each 
currently accounts for approximately 60% and 25% of net sales related to our swimming pool business; however, the growth in 
this  portion  of  our  business  depends  on  the  expansion  of  the  installed  pool  base  and  could  also  be  adversely  affected  by 
decreases in construction activities, similar to the trends between late 2006 and early 2010.  A weak economy may also cause 
consumers  to  defer  discretionary  replacement  and  refurbishment  activity.  Even  in  generally  favorable  economic  conditions, 
severe and/or prolonged downturns in the housing market could have a material adverse impact on our financial performance.  
Such downturns expose us to certain additional risks, including but not limited to the risk of customer closures or bankruptcies, 
which could shrink our potential customer base and inhibit our ability to collect on those customers’ receivables. 

We  believe  that  homeowners’  access  to  consumer  credit  is  a  critical  factor  enabling  the  purchase  of  new  pools,  irrigation 
systems and outdoor living products.  Between late 2006 and early 2010, the unfavorable economic conditions and downturn in 
the  housing  market  resulted  in  significant  tightening  of  credit  markets,  which  limited  the  ability  of  consumers  to  access 
financing  for  new  swimming  pools  and  irrigation  systems.  Although  we  have  seen  improvement  since  2010,  tightening 
consumer  credit  could  prevent  consumers  from  obtaining  financing  for  pool,  irrigation  and  related  outdoor  projects,  which 
could negatively impact our sales of construction-related products. 

12


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
The COVID-19 pandemic and associated responses could adversely impact our business and results of operations.


The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  significantly  impacted  economic  activity  and  markets  throughout  the  world. 
In  response, 
governmental  authorities  have  imposed,  and  others  in  the  future  may  impose,  stay-at-home  orders,  shelter-in-place  orders, 
quarantines, executive orders and similar government orders and restrictions to control the spread of COVID-19.  Such orders 
or restrictions have resulted in temporary store closures, limitation of store hours, limitations on the number of people in stores 
or in warehouses, enhanced requirements on sanitation, social distancing practices and travel restrictions, among other effects.  
In almost all of our markets, we are designated as an essential business under the relevant state and local regulations and have 
been allowed to remain open; however, if this changes, it could adversely impact our financial condition and operating results.  
Our sales in March and April 2020 were adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, and in the first quarter of 2020, we 
recorded impairment charges of $6.9 million related to the pandemic.  For additional information, see Note 3 of our “Notes to 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements,”  included  in  Item  8  of  this  Form  10-K.  During  2020,  there  were  declines  followed  by 
resurgences of COVID-19 cases throughout the U.S., and cases generally rose during the fourth quarter.  In December 2020, the 
first COVID-19 vaccines were approved for use in the U.S., and the early stages of distribution of the vaccine are in process as 
of the date of this report.  Recently, variants of the virus that causes COVID-19 have been identified in the U.S. and elsewhere, 
and information about them is rapidly emerging, including how easily they might spread, whether they could cause more severe 
illness,  and  whether  currently  authorized  vaccines  will  protect  against  them.  Accordingly,  COVID-19  may  have  negative 
impacts  on  our  business  in  the  future,  and  any  future  adverse  impacts  on  our  business  may  be  worse  than  we  anticipate.  
Impacts  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  coupled  with  heightened  demand,  could  also  adversely  impact  our  supply  chain, 
making it difficult to source and receive products needed to keep our customers adequately supplied.  The ultimate impact will 
depend on the severity and duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and any future resurgences and actions taken by governmental 
authorities and other third parties in response, including the distribution and acceptance of vaccines, each of which is uncertain, 
rapidly changing and difficult to predict.  In addition, our recent growth rates driven by home-centric trends influenced by the 
COVID-19 pandemic may not be sustainable and may not be indicative of future growth rates. 

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry 

We are susceptible to adverse weather conditions. 

Given  the  nature  of  our  business,  weather  is  one  of  the  principal  external  factors  affecting  our  business  and  the  effect  of 
seasonality has a significant impact on our results.  In 2020, we generated approximately 61% of our net sales and 76% of our 
operating income in the second and third quarters of the year.  These quarters represent the peak months of swimming pool use, 
pool and irrigation installation and remodeling and repair activities.  Unseasonably late warming trends in the spring or early 
cooling trends in the fall can shorten the length of the pool season.  Also, unseasonably cool weather or extraordinary rainfall 
during  the  peak  season  can  have  an  adverse  impact  on  demand  due  to  decreased  swimming  pool  use,  installation  and 
maintenance, as well as decreased irrigation installations.  While warmer weather conditions favorably impact our sales, global 
warming trends and other significant climate changes can create more variability in the short term or lead to other unfavorable 
weather conditions that could adversely  impact our sales or operations.  Drought conditions or water  management initiatives 
may  lead  to  municipal  ordinances  related  to  water  use  restrictions.  Such  restrictions  could  result  in  decreased  pool  and 
irrigation system installations which could negatively impact our sales.  

Certain extreme weather events, such as hurricanes, tropical storms and wildfires may impact our ability to deliver our services 
or  cause  damage  to  our  facilities.  As  a  consequence  of  these  or  other  catastrophic  or  uncharacteristic  events,  we  may 
experience interruption to our operations, increased costs or losses of property, equipment or inventory, which would adversely 
affect our revenue and profitability. 

For a discussion regarding seasonality and weather, see Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations - Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations,” of this Form 10-K. 

Our distribution business is highly dependent on our ability to maintain favorable relationships with suppliers. 

As a distribution company, maintaining favorable relationships with our suppliers is critical to our success.  We believe that we 
add  considerable  value  to  the  swimming  pool  and  irrigation  supply  chains  by  purchasing  products  from  a  large  number  of 
manufacturers and distributing the products to a highly fragmented customer base on conditions that are more favorable than 
these  customers  could  obtain  on  their  own.  We  believe  that  we  currently  enjoy  good  relationships  with  our  suppliers,  who 
generally offer us competitive pricing, return policies and promotional allowances.  However, any failure to maintain favorable 
relationships with our suppliers could have an adverse effect on our business. 

13


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Our  largest  suppliers  are  Pentair  plc,  Hayward  Pool  Products,  Inc.  and  Zodiac  Pool  Systems,  Inc.,  which  accounted  for 
approximately 20%, 10% and 9%, respectively, of the costs of products we sold in 2020.  A decision by our largest suppliers, 
acting  individually  or  in  concert,  to  sell  their  products  directly  to  retailers  or  other  end  users  of  their  products,  bypassing 
distribution  companies  like  ours,  would  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business.  Additionally,  if  our  suppliers  experience 
difficulties  or  disruptions  in  their  operations  (including  due  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic)  or  if  we  lose  a  single  significant 
supplier due to financial failure or a decision to sell exclusively to retailers or end-use consumers, we may experience increased 
supply costs or may experience delays in establishing replacement supply sources that meet our quality and control standards 
and may lose revenue. 

We depend on a global network of suppliers to source our products, including our own branded products and products we 
have exclusive distribution rights to.  Product quality, warranty claims or safety concerns could negatively impact our sales 
and expose us to litigation. 

We rely on manufacturers and other suppliers to provide us with the products we distribute.  As we increase the number of Pool 
Corporation and Pool Systems Pty. Ltd. branded products we distribute, our exposure to potential liability claims may increase.  
Product and service quality issues could negatively impact customer confidence in our brands and our business.  If our product 
and  service  offerings  do  not  meet  applicable  safety  standards  or  our  customers’  expectations  regarding  safety  or  quality,  we 
could experience lost sales and increased costs and be exposed to legal, financial and reputational risks, as well as governmental 
enforcement actions.  Actual, potential or perceived product safety concerns, including health-related concerns, could damage 
our reputation and expose us to litigation, as well as government enforcement actions, and result in costly product recalls and 
other liabilities. 

We face intense competition both from within our industry and from other leisure product alternatives. 

Within our industry, we directly compete against various regional and local distributors as they compete against our customers 
for the business of pool owners and other end-use customers.  We indirectly compete against mass market retailers and large 
pool or irrigation supply retailers as they purchase the great majority of their needs directly from manufacturers, and to a lesser 
extent  with  internet  retailers,  as  they  purchase  the  majority  of  their  needs  from  distributors.  Outside  of  our  industry,  we 
compete  indirectly  with  alternative  suppliers  of  big  ticket  consumer  discretionary  products,  such  as  boat  and  motor  home 
distributors,  and  with  other  companies  who  rely  on  discretionary  homeowner  expenditures,  such  as  home  remodelers.  
New competitors may emerge as there are low barriers to entry in our industry, which has led to highly competitive markets 
consisting of various-sized entities, ranging from small or local operators to large regional businesses.  Given the density and 
demand for pool products, some geographic markets that we serve also tend to have a higher concentration of competitors than 
others, particularly California, Texas, Florida and Arizona.  These states encompass our four largest markets and represented 
approximately 54% of our net sales in 2020. 

More aggressive competition by store- and internet-based mass merchants and large pool or irrigation supply retailers could 
adversely affect our sales. 

Mass market  retailers today carry a  limited range  of, and devote  a  limited amount  of shelf space  to, merchandise  and products 
targeted to our industry.  Historically, mass market  retailers have  generally expanded by adding new stores and product  breadth, 
but  their  product  offering of pool  and irrigation  related products has remained relatively constant.  Should store‑ and internet-
based mass market  retailers increase  their focus on the  pool  or irrigation industries, or increase  the  breadth of their pool  and 
irrigation  and  related  product   offerings,  they  may  become   a   more   significant   competitor  for  our  direct   customers  and  end-
use  consumers, which could have  an adverse  impact  on our business.  We  may face  additional  competitive  pressures if large  
pool or irrigation supply retailers look to expand their customer base to compete more directly within the distribution channel. 

We depend on our ability to attract, develop and retain highly qualified personnel. 

We consider our employees to be the foundation for our growth and success.  As such, our future success depends in large part 
on  our  ability  to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  qualified  personnel.  This  includes  succession  planning  related  to  our  executive 
officers and key management personnel.  If we are unable to attract and retain key personnel, our operating results could be 
adversely affected. 

Given the seasonal nature of our business, we may hire additional employees during the summer months, including seasonal 
and part-time employees, who generally are not employed during the off-season.  If we are unable to attract and hire additional 
personnel during the peak season, our operating results could be negatively impacted. 

14


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Past growth may not be indicative of future growth. 

Historically, we have experienced substantial sales growth through organic market share gains, new sales center openings and 
acquisitions  that  have  increased  our  size,  scope  and  geographic  distribution.  Our  various  business  strategies  and  initiatives, 
including  our  growth  initiatives,  are  subject  to  business,  economic  and  competitive  uncertainties  and  contingencies,  many  of 
which  are  beyond  our  control.  While  we  contemplate  continued  growth  through  internal  expansion  and  acquisitions,  no 
assurance can be made as to our ability to: 

penetrate new markets; 
generate sufficient cash flows to support expansion plans and general operating activities;

obtain financing;

identify appropriate acquisition candidates and successfully integrate acquired businesses; 

• 
• 
• 
• 
•  maintain favorable supplier arrangements and relationships; and 
• 

identify and divest assets which do not continue to create value consistent with our objectives. 

If we do not manage these potential difficulties successfully, our operating results could be adversely affected. 

Our  results  in  2020  were  positively  impacted  by  home-centric  trends  resulting  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  These  trends 
may  not  continue,  or  may  reverse,  which  could  adversely  impact  our  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  in  recent  years  our 
customers  have  had  difficulty  employing  a  sufficient  number  of  qualified  individuals  to  keep  up  with  the  demand  for  pool 
maintenance, refurbishment and installation.  If this trend continues or accelerates, our results of operations could be negatively 
impacted. 

We  are  subject  to  inventory  management  risks.  Insufficient  inventory  may  result  in  lost  sales  opportunities  or  delayed 
revenue, while excess inventory may negatively impact our gross margin. 

We  balance  the  need  to  maintain  inventory  levels  that  are  sufficient  to  ensure  competitive  lead  times  against  the  risk  of 
inventory  obsolescence  due  to  changing  customer  or  consumer  requirements  and  fluctuating  commodity  prices.  In  order  to 
successfully  manage  our  inventories,  we  must  estimate  demand  from  our  customers  and  purchase  products  that  substantially 
correspond to consumer demand.  If we overestimate demand and purchase too much of a particular product, we face a risk that 
the price of that product will fall, leaving us with inventory that we cannot sell at normal profit margins.  In addition, we may 
have to write down such inventory if we are unable to sell it for its recorded value.  If we underestimate demand and purchase 
insufficient quantities of products, inventory shortages could result in delayed revenue or loss of sales opportunities altogether 
as potential customers turn to competitors’ products that are readily available.  If we maintain insufficient inventory levels and 
prices rise for these products, we could be forced to purchase products at higher prices and forego profitability in order to meet 
customer demand.  Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted if either or both of 
these situations occur frequently or in large volumes. 

The cost of chemical products could increase our cost of sales and adversely affect our results of operations and financial 
condition. 

Based on our 2020 product classifications, sales for our pool and hot tub chemicals product category represented approximately 
10%  of  total  net  sales  for  2020  and  12%  of  total  net  sales  in  2019  and  2018.  Our  principal  chemical  products  are  granular 
chlorine compounds and liquid chlorine, which are commodity materials.  The prices of these chemical products are a function 
of, among other things, manufacturing capacity and demand.  We have generally passed through chlorine price increases to our 
customers.  The price of granular chlorine compounds and liquid chlorine may increase in the future, and we may not be able to 
pass on any such increase to our customers.  We purchase chlorine products primarily from the largest domestic suppliers.  The 
alternate  sources  of  supply  we  currently  view  as  reliable  may  ultimately  be  unable  to  supply  us  with  all  of  our  principal 
chemical  products,  including  chlorine  products.  Additionally,  significant  price  fluctuations  or  shortages  in  our  principal 
chemical  products  may  increase  our  cost  of  sales,  and  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition  could  be  adversely 
affected. 

15


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
Risks Relating to Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Matters 

The  nature  of  our  business  subjects  us  to  compliance  with  employment,  environmental,  health,  transportation,  safety  and 
other  governmental  regulations.  Our  costs  of  doing  business  could  increase  as  a  result  of  changes  in,  expanded 
enforcement of, or adoption of new federal, state or local laws and regulations. 

We are subject to regulation under federal, state, local and international employment, environmental, health, transportation and 
safety requirements, which govern such things as packaging, labeling, handling, transportation, storage and sale of chemicals 
and fertilizers.  These laws and regulations, and related interpretations and enforcement activity, may change as a result of a 
variety  of  factors,  including  political,  economic  or  social  events.  Changes  in,  expanded  enforcement  of,  or  adoption  of  new 
federal, state or local laws and regulations governing minimum wage or living wage requirements, the classification of exempt 
and  non-exempt  employees  or  other  wage,  labor  or  workplace  regulations  could  increase  our  costs  of  doing  business  and 
adversely impact our results of operations. 

We  sell  algaecides  and  pest  control  products  that  are  regulated  as  pesticides  under  the  Federal  Insecticide,  Fungicide  and 
Rodenticide  Act  and  various  state  pesticide  laws.  These  laws  primarily  relate  to  labeling,  annual  registration  and  licensing.  
Management  has  processes  in  place  to  facilitate  and  support  our  compliance  with  these  requirements.  However,  failure  to 
comply with these laws and regulations may result in investigations, the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal fines, 
damages, seizures, disgorgements, penalties or the imposition of injunctive relief.  Moreover, compliance with such laws and 
regulations  in  the  future  could  prove  to  be  costly.  Although  we  presently  do  not  expect  to  incur  any  capital  or  other 
expenditures  relating  to  regulatory  matters  in  amounts  that  may  be  material  to  us,  we  may  be  required  to  make  such 
expenditures in the future.  These laws and regulations have changed substantially and rapidly over the last 25 years and we 
anticipate that there will be continuing changes.  

The clear trend in environmental, health, transportation and safety regulations is to place more restrictions and limitations on 
Increasingly,  strict  restrictions  and 
activities  that  impact  the  environment,  such  as  the  use  and  handling  of  chemicals. 
limitations  have  resulted  in  higher  operating  costs  for  us  and  it  is  possible  that  the  costs  of  compliance  with  such  laws  and 
regulations will continue to increase.  Our attempts to anticipate future regulatory requirements that might be imposed and our 
plans to remain in compliance with changing regulations and to minimize the costs of such compliance may not be as effective 
as we anticipate. 

We store chemicals, fertilizers and other combustible materials that involve fire, safety and casualty risks. 

We  store  chemicals  and  fertilizers,  including  certain  combustibles  and  oxidizing  compounds,  at  our  sales  centers.  A  fire, 
explosion or flood affecting one of our facilities could give rise to fire, safety and casualty losses and related liability claims.  
We maintain what we believe is prudent insurance protection.  However, we cannot guarantee that our insurance coverage will 
be adequate to cover future claims that may arise or that we will be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future at rates we 
consider  reasonable.  Successful  claims  for  which  we  are  not  fully  insured  may  adversely  affect  our  working  capital  and 
In  addition,  changes  in  the  insurance  industry  have  generally  led  to  higher  insurance  costs  and  decreased 
profitability. 
availability of coverage. 

We conduct business internationally, which exposes us to additional risks. 

Our ability to successfully conduct operations in, and source products and materials from, international markets is affected by 
many  of  the  same  risks  we  face  in  our  U.S.  operations,  as  well  as  unique  costs  and  difficulties  of  managing  international 
operations.  Our international operations, which accounted for 9% of our total net sales in 2020, expose us to certain additional 
risks, including: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

difficulty in staffing international subsidiary operations; 
different political economic and regulatory conditions; 
local laws and customs; 
currency fluctuations; 
adverse tax consequences; and 
dependence on other economies. 

For  foreign-sourced  products,  we  may  be  subject  to  certain  trade  restrictions  that  would  prevent  us  from  obtaining  products.  
There is also a greater risk that we may not be able to access products in a timely and efficient manner.  Fluctuations in other 
factors relating to international trade, such as tariffs, transportation costs and inflation are additional risks for our international 
operations. 

16


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Changes in tax laws and accounting standards related to tax matters have caused, and may in the future cause, fluctuations 
in our effective tax rate. 

Taxation  and  tax  policy  changes,  tax  rate  changes,  new  tax  laws,  revised  tax  law  interpretations  and  changes  in  accounting 
standards and guidance related to tax matters may cause fluctuations in or adversely affect our effective tax rate.  Our effective 
tax rate may also be impacted by changes in the geographic mix of our earnings. 

In the first quarter of 2017, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based 
Payment Accounting, on a prospective basis.  Our projections of financial statement impacts related to ASU 2016-09 are subject 
to several assumptions which can vary significantly, including our estimated share price and the period that our employees will 
exercise vested stock options.  Excess tax benefits or deficiencies recognized under ASU 2016-09 vary from quarter to quarter 
and past results may not be indicative of future results.  

Risks Relating to Technology, Cybersecurity and Data Privacy 

We rely on information technology systems to support our business operations.  A significant disturbance or breach of our 
technological infrastructure could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.  Additionally, failure to 
maintain the security of confidential information could damage our reputation and expose us to litigation. 

Information technology supports several aspects of our business, including among others, product sourcing, pricing, customer 
service,  transaction  processing,  financial  reporting,  collections  and  cost  management.  Our  ability  to  operate  effectively  on  a 
day-to-day  basis  and  accurately  report  our  results  depends  on  a  solid  technological  infrastructure,  which  is  inherently 
susceptible  to  internal  and  external  threats.  We  are  vulnerable  to  interruption  by  fire,  natural  disaster,  power  loss, 
telecommunication  failures,  internet  failures,  security  breaches  and  other  catastrophic  events.  Exposure  to  various  types  of 
cyber-attacks such as malware, computer viruses, worms or other malicious acts, as well as human error, could also potentially 
disrupt our operations or result in a significant interruption in the delivery of our goods and services.  

We  are  making,  and  expect  to  continue  to  make,  investments  in  technology  to  maintain  and  update  our  computer  systems.  
Implementing  significant  system  changes  increases  the  risk  of  computer  system  disruption.  The  potential  problems  and 
interruptions associated with implementing technology initiatives, as well as providing training and support for those initiatives, 
could disrupt or reduce our operational efficiency.  Advances in computer and software capabilities, encryption technology and 
other  discoveries  increase  the  complexity  of  our  technological  environment,  including  how  each  interact  with  our  various 
software platforms.  Such advances could delay or hinder our ability to process transactions or could compromise the integrity 
of our data, resulting in a material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.  We also may experience 
occasional  system  interruptions  and  delays  that  make  our  information  systems  unavailable  or  slow  to  respond,  including  the 
interaction  of  our  information  systems  with  those  of  third  parties.  A  lack  of  sophistication  or  reliability  of  our  information 
systems could adversely impact our operations and customer service and could require major repairs or replacements, resulting 
in significant costs and foregone revenue. 

The European Union and other international regulators, as well as state governments, have recently enacted or enhanced data 
privacy regulations, such as the California Consumer Privacy Act, and other governments are considering establishing similar 
or  stronger  protections.  These  regulations  impose  certain  obligations  for  handling  specified  personal  information  in  our 
systems and for apprising individuals of the information we have collected about them.  Despite our best efforts to comply, any 
noncompliance could result in incurring potential substantial penalties and reputational damage. 

Our  numerous  procedures  and  protocols  designed  to  mitigate  cybersecurity  risks  (including  processes  to  timely  notify 
appropriate  personnel  for  assessment  and  resolution  and  company-wide  training  programs),  our  investments  in  information 
technology  security  and  our  updates  to  our  business  continuity  plan  may  not  prevent  or  effectively  mitigate  adverse 
consequences from cybersecurity risks.  The failure to maintain security over and prevent unauthorized access to our data, our 
customers’  personal  information,  including  credit  card  information,  or  data  belonging  to  our  suppliers,  could  put  us  at  a 
competitive disadvantage.  Such a breach could result in damage to our reputation and subject us to potential litigation, liability, 
fines and penalties, resulting in a possible material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations. 

17


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
General Risk Factors 

We may be adversely affected by changes in LIBOR reporting practices or the method in which LIBOR is determined. 

Borrowings under our unsecured syndicated senior credit facility, term facility, accounts receivable securitization facility and 
our  derivatives  instruments  are  indexed  to  the  London  Inter-bank  Offering  Rate  (“LIBOR”).  In  July  2017,  the  Financial 
Conduct  Authority  (the  regulatory  authority  over  LIBOR)  stated  they  will  plan  for  a  phase  out  of  regulatory  oversight  of 
LIBOR after 2021 to allow for an orderly transition to an alternative reference rate.  On November 30, 2020, ICE Benchmark 
Administration, the administrator of LIBOR, with the support of the United States Federal Reserve and the United Kingdom’s 
Financial  Conduct  Authority,  announced  plans  to  consult  on  ceasing  publication  of  USD  LIBOR  on  December  31,  2021  for 
only  the  one  week  and  two  month  USD  LIBOR  tenors  and  on  June  30,  2023  for  all  other  USD  LIBOR  tenors.  While  this 
announcement  extends  the  transition  period  to  June  2023,  the  United  States  Federal  Reserve  concurrently  issued  a  statement 
advising banks to stop new USD LIBOR issuances by the end of 2021.  The full impact of the transition away from LIBOR, 
including the discontinuance of LIBOR publication and the adoption of a replacement rate for LIBOR, remains unclear.  These 
changes may have an adverse impact on our financing costs and any floating rate indebtedness we may incur. 

Disruptions from natural or man-made disasters or extreme weather, public safety issues, geopolitical events and security 
issues, labor or trade disputes and similar events could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Natural or man-made disasters or extreme weather (including as a result of climate change), public safety issues, geopolitical 
events  and  security  issues  (including  terrorist  attacks,  armed  hostilities  or  insurrections),  labor  or  trade  disputes  and  similar 
events can lead to uncertainty and have a negative impact on demand for our products, in addition to causing disruptions to our 
supply chain.  Discretionary spending is generally adversely affected during times of economic, social or political uncertainty.  
The  potential  for  natural  or  man-made  disasters  or  extreme  weather,  geopolitical  events  and  security  issues,  labor  or  trade 
disputes  and  similar  events  could  create  these  types  of  uncertainties  and  negatively  impact  our  business  in  ways  that  cannot 
presently be predicted. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

18


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Item 2.  Properties


We  lease  the  Pool  Corporation  corporate  offices,  which  consist  of  approximately  60,000  square  feet  of  office  space  in 
Covington,  Louisiana,  from  an  entity  in  which  we  have  a  50%  ownership  interest.  We  own  five  sales  center  facilities  in 
Florida,  two  in  Texas,  one  in  Alabama,  one  in  California,  one  in  Georgia  and  one  in  Tennessee.  We  lease  all  of  our  other 
properties and the majority of our leases have three to seven year terms.  As of December 31, 2020, we had twenty leases with 
remaining terms longer than seven years that expire between 2028 and 2035. 

Most of our leases contain renewal options, some of which involve rent increases.  In addition to minimum rental payments, 
which are set at competitive rates, certain leases require reimbursement for taxes, maintenance and insurance. 

Our sales centers range in size from approximately 2,000 square feet to 70,000 square feet and generally consist of warehouse, 
counter, display and office space.  Our centralized shipping locations (CSLs) range in size from approximately 103,000 square 
feet to 185,000 square feet. 

We believe that our facilities are well maintained, suitable for our business and occupy sufficient space to meet our operating 
needs.  As part of our normal business, we regularly evaluate sales center performance and site suitability and may relocate a 
sales  center  or  consolidate  two  locations  if  a  sales  center  is  redundant  in  a  market,  underperforming  or  otherwise  deemed 
unsuitable. We do not believe that any single lease is material to our operations. 

The table below summarizes the changes in our sales centers during the year ended December 31, 2020: 

Network 
SCP	
Superior	
Horizon	
NPT (2)	

Total Domestic 
SCP International 

Total	

12/31/19 

176 
72 
67 
17 
332 
41 
373 

New 
Locations 
2 
1 
— 
— 
3 
— 
3 

Closed/
Consolidated 
Locations (1) 

(1) 
— 
(1) 
— 
(2) 
(1) 
(3) 

Acquired
Locations 
9 
— 
10 
4 
23 
2 
25 

12/31/20 

186 
73 
76 
21 
356 
42 
398 

(1)	

	 Consolidated sales centers are those locations where we expect to transfer the majority of the existing business to our 

(2)	

nearby sales center locations. 
In addition to the stand-alone NPT sales centers, there are over 100 SCP and Superior locations that have consumer 
showrooms and serve as stocking locations that feature NPT brand tile and composite finish products.  

19


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
The table below identifies the number of sales centers in each state, territory or country by distribution network as of December 31, 2020: 

Location 
United States 
California 
Florida 
Texas 
Arizona 
Georgia 
Nevada 
New York 
Tennessee 
New Jersey 
North Carolina 
Pennsylvania 
Virginia 
Washington 
Alabama 
Indiana 
Louisiana 
Oregon 
Illinois 
Missouri 
Ohio 
Oklahoma 
South Carolina 
Arkansas 
Colorado 
Idaho 
Connecticut 
Kansas 
Massachusetts 
Michigan 
Minnesota 
Mississippi 
Hawaii 
Iowa 
Kentucky 
Maryland 
Nebraska 
New Mexico 
Puerto Rico 
Utah 
Wisconsin 
Total United States 
International 
Canada 
France 
Australia 
Mexico 
Portugal 
Spain 
Belgium 
Croatia 
Germany 
Italy 
United Kingdom 
Total International 
Total 

SCP 

Superior 

Horizon 

NPT 

Total 

28 
37 
26 
7 
7 
2 
9 
5 
5 
4 
5 
3 
1 
4 
2 
5 
1 
3 
3 
2 
2 
3 
3 
— 
1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
2 
1 
1 
— 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
— 
186 

16 
7 
6 
4 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
42 
228 

25 
5 
5 
8 
2 
3 
— 
3 
2 
2 
1 
1 
— 
2 
3 
— 
— 
1 
1 
2 
1 
1 
— 
2 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1 
— 
— 
— 
1 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1 
73 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
73 

20


17 
13 
16 
9 
1 
3 
— 
— 
— 
1 
— 
3 
6 
— 
— 
— 
4 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1 
2 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
76 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
76 

6 
1 
8 
2 
1 
1 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
1 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
21 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
21 

76 
56 
55 
26 
11 
9 
9 
8 
7 
7 
7 
7 
7 
6 
5 
5 
5 
4 
4 
4 
4 
4 
3 
3 
3 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
356 

16 
7 
6 
4 
2 
2 
1 
1 
1 
1 
1 
42 
398 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings


From time to time, we are subject to various claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, including product 
liability,  personal  injury,  commercial,  contract  and  employment  matters.  While  the  outcome  of  any  litigation  is  inherently 
unpredictable, based on currently available facts, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these matters will have 
a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

21


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
PART II.


Item 5.  	 Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities 

Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the trading symbol “POOL.”  On February 19, 2021, 
there were approximately 481 holders of record of our common stock.  

We initiated quarterly dividend payments to our shareholders in the second quarter of 2004 and we have continued payments in 
each subsequent quarter.  Our Board has increased the dividend amount fifteen times, including in the fourth quarter of 2004, 
annually in the second quarters of 2005 through 2008 and in the second quarters of 2011 through 2020.  Our Board may declare 
future  dividends  at  their  discretion,  after  considering  various  factors,  including  our  earnings,  capital  requirements,  financial 
position, contractual restrictions and other relevant business considerations.  For a description of restrictions on dividends in our 
Credit Facility, Term Facility and Receivables Facility, see Note 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in 
Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  We cannot assure shareholders or potential investors that dividends will be declared or paid any time 
in the future if our Board determines that there is a better use of our funds. 

Stock Performance Graph 

The information included under the caption “Stock Performance Graph” in this Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is 
not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to Regulation 14A or 14C under the Securities 
Exchange  Act  of  1934  (the  1934  Act)  or  to  the  liabilities  of  Section  18  of  the  1934  Act,  and  will  not  be  deemed  to  be 
incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the 1934 Act, except to the extent we specifically 
incorporate it by reference into such a filing. 

The  following  graph  compares  the  total  shareholder  return  on  our  common  stock  for  the  last  five  fiscal  years  with  the  total 
return on the S&P 500 Index, S&P MidCap 400 Index and the Nasdaq Index for the same period, in each case assuming the 
investment of $100 on December 31, 2015 and the reinvestment of all dividends.  Our common stock was added to the S&P 
500 Index in October 2020.  We believe the S&P 500 Index includes companies with market capitalization comparable to ours.  
Additionally, we chose the S&P 500 Index for comparison, as opposed to an industry index, because we do not believe that we 
can reasonably identify a peer group or a published industry or line-of-business index that contains companies in a similar line 
of business.  Consistent with our prior year presentation, we have also included the S&P MidCap 400 Index. 

22


 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Company / Index 
Pool Corporation 
S&P 500 Index 
S&P MidCap 400 Index 
Nasdaq Index 

Base 
Period 
12/31/15 
$  100.00 
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

12/31/16 
$  130.87 
111.96 
120.74 
108.87 

Indexed Returns 
Years Ending 
12/31/18 
$  190.89 
130.42 
124.80 
137.12 

12/31/17 
$  164.60 
136.40 
140.35 
141.13 

12/31/19 
$  275.84 
171.49 
157.49 
187.44 

12/31/20 
$  488.12 
203.04 
179.00 
271.64 

Purchases of Equity Securities 

The table below summarizes the repurchases of our common stock in the fourth quarter of 2020: 

Period 

October 1 – October 31, 2020 

November 1 – November 30, 2020 

December 1 – December 31, 2020 

Total 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased (1) 

Average
Price  
Paid per 
Share 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plan 

Maximum Approximate
Dollar  Value of Shares 
That May Yet be Purchased
Under  the Plan (2) 

17  $ 

349.83 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

17  $ 

349.83 

—  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

176,910,333 

176,910,333 

176,910,333 

(1)	

	 These shares may include shares of our common stock surrendered to us by employees in order to satisfy minimum tax 

withholding obligations in connection with certain exercises of employee stock options or lapses upon vesting of 
restrictions on previously restricted share awards, and/or to cover the exercise price of such options granted under our 
share-based compensation plans.  There were 17 shares surrendered for this purpose in the fourth quarter of 2020. 

(2)	

	 As of February 19, 2021, our total authorization remaining was $172.0 million. 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

Not applicable. 

23


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations


For a discussion of our base business calculations, see the RESULTS OF OPERATIONS section below. 

2020 FINANCIAL OVERVIEW 

Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic 

On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the novel coronavirus disease (COVID-19) a pandemic, and on 
March 13, 2020, the United States declared a national emergency.  States and cities have taken various measures in response to 
COVID-19,  including  mandating  the  closure  of  certain  businesses  and  encouraging  or  requiring  citizens  to  avoid  large 
gatherings.  Most of our North American operations are and have been continuously open for business as we are designated as 
an essential business in almost all of our markets.  Our operations in Europe closed for a short period during the first half of 
2020 in France, Spain and Italy, in order to comply with local authorities’ orders.  Our products are used to maintain and protect 
outdoor  commercial,  residential and  municipal  environments  through  chemically-balanced,  virus  and  bacteria-free swimming 
pool water.  We also supply products used in the prevention of runoff, flood, fire and other natural disasters.  These products are 
essential  to  the  health  and  safety  of  the  general  public.  As  a  result,  our  supply  chain  generally  remains  intact,  with  our 
customers continuing to meet end-user needs. 

The health, safety and security of our employees has been, and remains, one of our highest priorities.  We have adapted our 
operations  and  implemented  a  number  of  measures  to  facilitate  a  safer  sales  center  environment  for  both  our  customers  and 
employees, which includes following best practices and guidelines from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC).  
We  implemented  enhanced  hygiene  and  sanitation  practices  at  our  sales  centers  and  at  our  corporate  offices.  In  limited 
instances,  we  have  had  to  close  facilities  in  whole  or  in  part  as  a  result  of  government  regulations,  as  well  as  positive  or 
presumed positive results from COVID-19 testing.  The direct impact of any closures did not have a material impact on our 
operations. 

Beginning in the middle of March 2020, when stay-at-home orders related to the COVID-19 pandemic were initially issued, we 
experienced sales declines across most markets.  However, as stay-at-home restrictions eased in late April through early May, 
our business not only rebounded, but accelerated.  We experienced unprecedented demand as families spent more time at home 
and  sought  out  opportunities  to  create  or  expand  existing  home-based  outdoor  living  and  entertainment  spaces,  resulting  in 
broad sales gains across nearly all of our product categories and geographies.  While the short-term impact of this trend has had 
a positive impact on our business, it is unclear what the long-term impact will be.  In addition, governmental restrictions have 
had a material impact on some of our customers, limiting their ability to operate in certain geographies from mid-March into 
mid-May.  While these restrictions were lifted, new stay-at-home orders or other government mandates could have a material 
impact on our results. 

Our balance sheet is strong with low leverage and sufficient access to additional capital.  Given the seasonality of our business, 
our warehouses were stocked with inventory in preparation for the upcoming peak season prior to the implementation of most 
stay-at-home orders.  As a result, the limited vendor supply interruptions experienced in 2020 have had a minimal impact on 
our  business.  Supply  disruptions  have  largely  been  limited  to  categories  with  the  greatest  demand,  including  heat-related 
equipment and above-ground swimming pools and have not been material to our business.  We continue to work closely with 
our  suppliers  to  maintain  the  flow  of  essential  products  to  provide  customers  with  the  materials  they  need  to  serve  their 
communities.  

Given the uncertainties caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, we began taking steps in April to reduce both capital expenditures 
and operating costs.  As a result, capital expenditures in 2020 were $21.7 million, which is approximately 65% of 2019 capital 
expenditures.  We specifically reduced operating costs for labor, fuel, utilities, advertising, meetings, travel and entertainment.  
As our business outlook and market trends improved since the implementation of these cost-saving measures, we continue to 
assess our discretionary spending.  

The  impact  of  the  ongoing  pandemic  on  our  business  and  financial  results  will  continue  to  vary  by  location  and  depend  on 
numerous  evolving  factors  that  we  are  not  able  to  accurately  predict.  These  factors  include  the  duration  and  scope  of  the 
pandemic, global economic conditions during and after the pandemic, governmental actions that have been taken (or may be 
taken in the future) in response to the pandemic and changes in customer and supplier behavior in response to the pandemic. 

24


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Financial Results 


Net sales increased 23% to $3.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $3.2 billion in 2019, while base 
business  sales  increased  22%.  We  realized  broad  sales  gains  across  nearly  all  product  categories.  Our  sales  benefited  from 
greater  swimming  pool  usage  and  high  demand  for  residential  pool  products,  which  was  driven  by  home-centric  trends 
influenced by the COVID-19 pandemic and aided by warmer weather conditions during the year. 

Gross profit reached $1.1 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020, a 22% increase over gross profit of $924.9 million in 
2019.  Gross margin declined 20 basis points to 28.7% in 2020 compared to 28.9% in 2019.  The decline in gross margin is 
primarily due to sales of lower margin, big-ticket items, such as pool equipment and in-ground and above-ground pools, which 
comprised a larger portion of our product mix in 2020 compared to 2019. 

Selling and administrative expenses (operating expenses) increased 14%, or $83.2 million, to $666.9 million in 2020, up from 
$583.7 million in 2019, with base business operating expenses up 12% over 2019.  The increase in operating expenses primarily 
reflects a $43.9 million increase in performance-based compensation from $24.3 million in 2019 to $68.2 million in 2020 and 
expenses of $16.9 million from recently acquired businesses.  Excluding $6.9 million of impairment charges we recorded in the 
first  quarter  of  2020  and  performance-based  compensation  in  both  periods,  adjusted  operating  expenses  increased  6%, 
reflecting  growth-driven  labor  and  freight  expenses  and  greater  facility-related  costs  partially  offset  by  lower  discretionary 
spending. 

Operating income for the year increased 36% to $464.0 million, up from $341.2 million in 2019.  Operating margin increased 
110 basis points to 11.8% in 2020 compared to 10.7% in 2019. 

We  recorded  a  $28.6  million,  or  $0.70  per  diluted  share,  benefit  from  Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU)  2016-09, 
Improvements  to  Employee  Share-Based  Payment  Accounting,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  compared  to  a  benefit 
of $23.5 million, or $0.57 per diluted share, realized in 2019. 

Net income increased 40% to $366.7 million in 2020 compared to $261.6 million in 2019.  Earnings per share increased 40% to 
a record $8.97 per diluted share compared to $6.40 per diluted share in 2019.  Excluding the impact of non-cash impairments, 
net of tax, in 2020 and the impact from ASU 2016-09 in both periods, adjusted diluted earnings per share increased 44% to 
$8.42 in 2020 compared to $5.83 in 2019.  See the reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP measures included in RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS below. 

Financial Position and Liquidity 

Cash provided by operations was $397.6 million in 2020, which helped fund the following initiatives: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

payments of $124.6 million for acquisitions; 
net debt repayments of $95.8 million; 
quarterly cash dividend payments to shareholders, totaling $91.9 million for the year; 
share repurchases, totaling $76.2 million for the year; 
net capital expenditures of $21.7 million; and 
growth in net working capital of $21.1 million. 

Total net receivables, including pledged receivables, increased 28% compared to December 31, 2019, reflecting December sales 
growth and partially offset by improved collections.  Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $4.8 million at December 31, 
2020 and $5.5 million at December 31, 2019.  Our days sales outstanding ratio, as calculated on a trailing four quarters basis, 
was 26.5 days at December 31, 2020 and 29.0 days at December 31, 2019. 

Inventory  levels  grew  11%  to  $781.0  million  at  December  31,  2020  compared  to  $702.3  million  at  December  31,  2019, 
reflecting business growth and inventory from acquired businesses of $42.2 million.  Our reserve for inventory obsolescence 
was $11.4 million at December 31, 2020 compared to $9.0 million at December 31, 2019.  Our inventory turns, as calculated on 
a trailing four quarters basis, were 3.8 times at December 31, 2020 and 3.2 times at December 31, 2019. 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities increased $82.9 million to $143.7 million in 2020, primarily reflecting increases 
in accrued performance-based compensation, unrealized losses on interest rate swaps and deferred payroll tax payments. 

Total debt outstanding of $416.0 million at December 31, 2020 decreased $95.4 million, or 19%, compared to December 31, 
2019, as we have utilized our operating cash flows to decrease debt balances. 

25


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Current Trends and Outlook 

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic in 2020, families spent more time at home and sought out opportunities to create or expand 
existing  home-based  outdoor  living  and  entertainment  spaces,  which  resulted  in  an  increase  in  new  pool  construction  and 
greater  expenditures  for  maintenance  and  remodeling  products.  We  believe  that  increased  consumer  spending  on  homes, 
including outdoor living spaces, will continue in 2021 and may have longer term benefits as work-from-home trends persist or 
increase. 

The market environment from June 2009, when the Great Recession ended, until 2020, when the COVID-19 pandemic-induced 
recession  began,  was  characterized  by  steady  economic  expansion,  the  cautious  recovery  of  consumer  spending,  modest 
housing  recovery  and  low  inflation.  However,  in  terms  of  homeowners  investing  in  their  existing  homes,  discretionary 
expenditures, including backyard renovations, have flourished over this time period with steady increases in home values and 
lack  of  affordable  new  homes  prompting  homeowners  to  stay  in  their  homes  longer  and  upgrade  their  home  environments, 
including  their  backyards.  We  expect  that  new  pool  and  irrigation  construction  levels  will  continue  to  grow  incrementally, 
constrained by availability of construction labor, but we believe that consumer investments in outdoor living spaces beyond the 
swimming pool will generate continued growth over the next several years. 

Although  some  constraints  exist  around  residential  construction  activities,  we  believe  that  we  are  well  positioned  to  take 
advantage of both the market expansion and the inherent long term growth opportunities in our industry.  Additionally, recent 
regulation passed by the U.S. Department of Energy mandates all new and replacement motors and pumps for swimming pools 
must  meet  certain  compliance  regulations  by  July  2021.  This  mandate,  coupled  with  additional  product  developments  and 
technological advancements, offers further growth opportunities over the next few years.    

In  2020,  we  benefited  from  strong  pool  construction  trends  as  robust  demand  fueled  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic  led  to 
increased home investment trends.  While we estimate that new pool construction increased from approximately 80,000 units in 
2019  to  approximately  100,000  new  units  in  2020,  construction  levels  are  still  down  approximately  55%  compared  to  peak 
historical levels and down approximately 40% from what we consider normal levels.  Favorable weather plays a role in industry 
growth  by  accelerating  growth  in  any  given  year,  expanding  the  number  of  available  construction  days,  extending  the  pool 
season and pool usage and positively impacting demand for discretionary products.  Conversely, unfavorable weather impedes 
growth.  In  establishing  our  outlook  each  year,  we  base  our  growth  assumptions  on  normal  weather  conditions  and  do  not 
incorporate alternative weather predictions into our guidance.  

We established our initial outlook for 2021 based on reasonable expectations of organic market share growth, ongoing leverage 
of existing investments in our business and continuous process improvements.  For 2021, we expect strong growth in the first 
half of the year, particularly the first quarter of 2021, due to continued elevated demand influenced by the ongoing COVID-19 
pandemic.  In the second half of the year, we expect to face tougher year-over-year comparisons and inherent industry capacity 
constraints, although we remain encouraged by positive industry outlooks.   

Impacts  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  coupled  with  heightened  demand,  could  also  adversely  impact  our  supply  chain, 
making it difficult to source and receive products needed to keep our customers adequately supplied.  We anticipate that we 
may face product shortages or elevated prices specifically related to Trichlor, a popular sanitizer for pools and hot tubs, as the 
industry  faces  constraints  resulting  from  the  loss  of  a  major  supplier  due  to  a  fire  in  the  summer  of  2020.  Although  supply 
constraints did not have a material impact on our business in 2020, it is difficult to predict the extent to which this could impact 
our business in 2021. 

We expect to continue to gain market share through our comprehensive service and product offerings, which we continually 
diversify  through  internal  sourcing  initiatives  and  expansion  into  new  markets.  We  also  plan  to  broaden  our  geographic 
presence  by  opening  8  to  10  new  sales  centers  in  2021  and  by  making  selective  acquisitions  when  appropriate  opportunities 
arise. 

26


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
The following summarizes our outlook for 2021: 

•	

	 We expect sales growth of 8% to 12%, impacted by the following factors and assumptions: 

◦	
◦	

◦	

◦	
◦	
◦	

◦	

normal weather patterns for 2021; 
continued  elevated  demand  for  residential  pool  products,  driven  by  home-centric  trends  influenced  by  the 
COVID-19 pandemic; 
a  benefit  from  construction  backlogs  depending  on  our  customers’  building  capacity,  including  the 
availability of labor, and weather; 
estimated 4% to 5% growth from acquisitions completed throughout 2020; 

	 market share gains; 

inflationary product cost increases of approximately 2% to 3% (compared to our historical average of 1% to 
2%); and 
estimated 2% growth in the installed base of pools. 

•	

	 We expect gross margin to decline 20 to 40 basis points for the full year of 2021 compared to the full year of 2020 
with gains or relatively neutral gross margin trends in the first half of 2021 and declines in the latter half of 2021. 

•	

	 We expect operating expenses will grow at approximately 60% to 70% of the rate of our gross profit growth, reflecting 
inflationary increases and incremental costs to support our sales growth expectations, with greater growth in the first 
half  of  the  year  and  more  modest  growth  in  the  back  half.  The  main  challenges  in  achieving  this  metric  include 
managing  people  and  facility  costs  in  tight  labor  and  real  estate  markets.  However,  we  continue  to  see  significant 
opportunity  to  leverage  our  existing  infrastructure  to  achieve  this  goal.  We  also  expect  performance-based 
compensation for the full year of 2021 to normalize and decrease by approximately $30.0 million compared to the full 
year of 2020. 

In 2021, we expect our effective tax rate will approximate 25.5%, excluding the impact of ASU 2016-09.  Our effective tax rate 
is dependent upon our results of operations and may change if actual results are different from our current expectation.  Due to 
ASU 2016-09 requirements, we expect our effective tax rate will fluctuate from quarter to quarter, particularly in periods when 
employees  elect  to  exercise  their  vested  stock  options  or  when  restrictions  on  share-based  awards  lapse.  Based  on  our 
December 31, 2020 stock price, we estimate that we have approximately $4.5 million in unrealized excess tax benefits related 
to stock options that expire and restricted awards that vest in the first quarter of 2021.  We may recognize additional tax benefits 
related  to  stock  option  exercises  in  2021  from  grants  that  expire  in  years  after  2021,  for  which  we  have  not  included  any 
expected benefits in our guidance.  The estimated impact related to ASU 2016-09 is subject to several assumptions which can 
vary significantly, including our estimated share price and the period that our employees will exercise vested stock options.  We 
recorded  a  $28.6  million  benefit  in  our  provision  for  income  taxes  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  related  to  ASU 
2016-09. 

We project that 2021 earnings will be in the range of $9.12 to $9.62 per diluted share, including an estimated $0.11 benefit from 
ASU 2016-09 during the first quarter of 2021.  We expect cash provided by operations will approximate net income for fiscal 
year 2021.  We expect to continue to use cash to fund opportunistic share repurchases over the next year.  We also expect to use 
cash for the payment of cash dividends as and when declared by our Board of Directors. 

The  forward-looking  statements  in  this  Current  Trends  and  Outlook  section  are  subject  to  significant  risks  and  uncertainties, 
including the effects of the evolving COVID-19 pandemic, the sensitivity of our business to weather conditions, changes in the 
economy and the housing market, our ability to maintain favorable relationships with suppliers and manufacturers, competition 
from other leisure product alternatives and mass merchants and other risks detailed in Item 1A of this Form 10-K.  Also see 
“Cautionary  Statement  for  Purposes  of  the  Safe  Harbor  Provisions  of  the  Private  Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995” 
prior to the heading “Risk Factors” in Item 1A. 

27


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 

Critical accounting estimates are those estimates made in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles that 
involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had, or are reasonably likely to have, a material impact on our 
financial condition or results of operations.  

Management  has  discussed  the  development,  selection  and  disclosure  of  our  critical  accounting  estimates  with  the  Audit 
Committee  of  our  Board.  Our  critical  accounting  estimates  are  discussed  below,  including,  to  the  extent  material  and 
reasonably available, the impact such estimates have had, or are reasonably likely to have, on our financial condition or results 
of operations. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts based on an estimate of the losses we will incur if our customers do not make 
required payments.  We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and typically do not require collateral.  Consistent 
with  industry  practices,  we  generally  require  payment  from  our  North  American  customers  within  30  days,  except  for  sales 
under early buy programs for which we provide extended payment terms to qualified customers.  The extended terms usually 
require  payments  in  equal  installments  in  April,  May  and  June  or  May  and  June,  depending  on  geographic  location.  Credit 
losses have generally been within or better than our expectations. 

Similar  to  our  business,  our  customers’  businesses  are  seasonal.  Sales  are  lowest  in  the  winter  months  and  our  past  due 
accounts receivable balance as a percentage of total receivables generally increases during this time.  We provide reserves for 
uncollectible accounts based on our accounts receivable aging.  These reserves range from 0.05% for amounts currently due to 
up to 100% for specific accounts more than 60 days past due. 

At the end of each quarter, we perform a reserve analysis of all accounts with balances greater than $20,000 and more than 60 
days past due.  Additionally, we perform a separate reserve analysis on the balance of our accounts receivables with emphasis 
on past due accounts.  We estimate future losses based upon historical bad debts, customer receivable balances, age of customer 
receivable balances, customers’ financial conditions and current and forecasted economic trends, including certain trends in the 
housing  market,  the  availability  of  consumer  credit  and  general  economic  conditions  (as  commonly  measured  by  Gross 
Domestic Product or GDP).  We monitor housing market trends through review of the House Price Index as published by the 
Federal Housing Finance Agency, which measures the movement of single-family house prices.  

During the year, we write off account balances when we have exhausted reasonable collection efforts and determined that the 
likelihood of collection is remote.  These write-offs are charged against our allowance for doubtful accounts.  In the past five 
years,  write-offs  have  averaged  approximately  0.08%  of  net  sales  annually.  Write-offs  as  a  percentage  of  net  sales 
approximated 0.09% in 2020, 0.12% in 2019 and 0.07% in 2018.  We expect that write-offs will range from 0.05% to 0.10% of 
net sales in 2021.  

At the end of each fiscal year, we prepare a hindsight analysis by comparing the prior year-end allowance for doubtful accounts 
balance to (i) current year write-offs and (ii) any significantly aged outstanding receivable balances.  Based on our hindsight 
analysis,  we  concluded  that  the  prior  year  allowance  was  within  a  range  of  acceptable  estimates  and  that  our  estimation 
methodology is appropriate. 

If the balance of the accounts receivable reserve increased or decreased by 20% at December 31, 2020, pretax income would 
change by approximately $1.0 million and earnings per share would change by approximately $0.02 per diluted share (based on 
the number of weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2020). 

Inventory Obsolescence 

Product inventories represent the largest asset on our balance sheet.  Our goal is to manage our inventory such that we minimize 
stock-outs to provide the highest level of service to our customers.  To do this, we maintain at each sales center an adequate 
inventory of stock keeping units (SKUs)  with the highest sales volumes.  At the same time, we continuously strive to better 
manage our slower moving classes of inventory, which are not as critical to our customers and thus, inherently turn at slower 
rates.  

28


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
We  classify  products  at  the  sales  center  level  based  on  sales  at  each  location  over  the  expected  sellable  period,  which  is  the 
previous 12 months for most products, except for special order non-stock items that lack a SKU in our system and products 
with less than 12 months of usage.  Below is a description of these inventory classifications: 

•	
•	
•	
•	

•	

new products with less than 12 months usage; 
highest sales velocity items, which represent approximately 80% of net sales at the sales center; 
lower sales velocity items, which we keep in stock to provide a high level of customer service; 
products with no sales for the past 12 months at the local sales center level, excluding special order products not yet 
delivered to the customer; and 
non-stock special order items. 

There is little risk of obsolescence for our highest sales velocity items, which represent approximately 80% of net sales at the 
sales  center,  because  these  products  generally  turn  quickly.  We  establish  our  reserve  for  inventory  obsolescence  based  on 
inventory  with  lower  sales  velocity  and  inventory  with  no  sales  for  the  past  12  months,  which  we  believe  represent  some 
exposure to inventory obsolescence, with particular emphasis on SKUs with the least sales over the previous 12 months.  The 
reserve  is  intended  to  reflect  the  value  of  inventory  at  net  realizable  value.  We  provide  a  reserve  of  5%  for  inventory  with 
lower sales velocity, inventory with no sales for the past 12 months and non-stock inventory as determined at the sales center 
level.  We also provide an additional 5% reserve for excess lower sales velocity inventory and an additional 45% reserve for 
excess  inventory  with  no  sales  for  the  past  12  months.  We  determine  excess  inventory,  which  is  defined  as  the  amount  of 
inventory  on  hand  in  excess  of  the  previous  12  months’  usage,  on  a  company-wide  basis.  We  also  evaluate  whether  the 
calculated reserve provides sufficient coverage of total inventory with no sales for the past 12 months.  We have not changed 
our methodology from prior years. 

In evaluating the adequacy of our reserve for inventory obsolescence, we consider a combination of factors, including: 

•	

•	
•	
•	
•	

the level of inventory in relation to historical sales by product, including inventory usage by class based on product 
sales at both the sales center level and on a company-wide basis; 
changes in customer preferences or regulatory requirements; 
seasonal fluctuations in inventory levels; 
geographic location; and 
superseded products and new product offerings. 

We periodically adjust our reserve for inventory obsolescence as changes occur in the above-identified factors.  At the end of 
each fiscal year, we prepare a hindsight analysis by comparing the prior year-end obsolescence reserve balance to (i) current 
year inventory write-offs and (ii) the value of products with no sales for the past 12 months that remain in inventory.  Based on 
our  hindsight  analysis,  we  concluded  that  our  prior  year  reserve  was  within  a  range  of  acceptable  estimates  and  that  our 
estimation methodology is appropriate. 

If the balance of our inventory reserve increased or decreased by 20% at December 31, 2020, pretax income would change by 
approximately  $2.3  million  and  earnings  per  share  would  change  by  approximately  $0.04  per  diluted  share  (based  on  the 
number of weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2020). 

Vendor Programs 

Many  of  our  vendor  arrangements  provide  for  us  to  receive  specified  amounts  of  consideration  when  we  achieve  any  of  a 
number of measures.  These measures generally relate to the volume level of purchases from our vendors, or our net cost of 
products sold, and may include negotiated pricing arrangements.  We account for vendor programs as a reduction of the prices 
of  the  vendor’s  products  and  therefore  a  reduction  of  inventory  until  we  sell  the  product,  at  which  time  we  recognize  such 
consideration as a reduction of cost of sales in our income statement. 

Throughout the year, we estimate the amount earned based on our expectation of total purchases for the fiscal year relative to 
the purchase levels that mark our progress toward the attainment of various levels within certain vendor programs.  We accrue 
vendor program benefits on a monthly basis using these estimates provided that we determine they are probable and reasonably 
estimable.  Our estimates for annual purchases, future inventory levels and sales of qualifying products are driven by our sales 
projections, which can be significantly impacted by a number of external factors including changes in economic conditions and 
weather.  Changes in our purchasing mix also impact our estimates, as certain program rates can vary depending on our volume 
of purchases from specific vendors.  

29


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
We continually revise these estimates throughout the year to reflect actual purchase levels and identifiable trends.  As a result, 
our estimated quarterly vendor program benefits accrual may include cumulative catch-up adjustments to reflect any changes in 
our estimates between reporting periods.  These adjustments tend to have a greater impact on gross margin in the fourth quarter 
since  it  is  our  seasonally  slowest  quarter  and  because  the  majority  of  our  vendor  arrangements  are  based  on  calendar  year 
periods.  We update our estimates for these arrangements at year end to reflect actual annual purchase or sales levels.  In the 
first quarter of the subsequent year, we prepare a hindsight analysis by comparing actual vendor credits received to the prior 
year vendor receivable balances.  Based on our hindsight analysis, we concluded that our vendor program estimates were within 
a range of acceptable estimates and that our estimation methodology is appropriate. 

If market conditions were to change, vendors may change the terms of some or all of these programs.  Although such changes 
would  not  affect  the  amounts  we  have  recorded  related  to  products  already  purchased,  they  may  lower  or  raise  our  cost  for 
products purchased and sold in future periods. 

Income Taxes 

We record deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and 
liabilities  using  currently  enacted  rates  and  laws  that  will  be  in  effect  when  we  expect  the  differences  to  reverse.  Due  to 
changing  tax  laws  and  state  income  tax  rates,  significant  judgment  is  required  to  estimate  the  effective  tax  rate  expected  to 
apply to tax differences that are expected to reverse in the future. 

We record Global Intangible Low Tax Income (GILTI) on foreign earnings as period costs if and when incurred, although we 
not have realized any impacts since the enactment of U.S. tax reform enacted in December 2017. 

As of December 31, 2020, U.S. income taxes were not provided on the earnings or cash balances of our foreign subsidiaries, 
outside of the provisions of the transition tax from U.S. tax reform.  As we have historically invested or expect to invest the 
undistributed earnings indefinitely to fund current cash flow needs in the countries where held, additional income tax provisions 
may  be  required.  Determining  the  amount  of  unrecognized  deferred  tax  liability  on  these  undistributed  earnings  and  cash 
balances is not practicable due to the complexity of tax laws and regulations and the varying circumstances, tax treatments and 
timing of any future repatriation.  We determined not to change our indefinite reinvestment assertion in light of U.S. tax reform. 

We operate in 39 states, 1 United States territory and 11 foreign countries.  We are subject to regular audits by federal, state and 
foreign tax authorities, and the amount of income taxes we pay is subject to adjustment by the applicable tax authorities.  We 
recognize  a  benefit  from  an  uncertain  tax  position  only  after  determining  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  tax  position  will 
withstand examination by the applicable taxing authority.  Our estimate for the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is 
highly judgmental.  We regularly evaluate our tax positions and incorporate these expectations into our reserve estimates.  We 
believe  we  have  adequately  provided  for  any  reasonably  foreseeable  outcome  related  to  these  matters.  However,  our  future 
results may include favorable or unfavorable adjustments to our estimated tax liabilities in the period the assessments are made 
or resolved, or when statutes of limitation on potential assessments expire.  These adjustments may include changes in valuation 
allowances  that  we  have  established.  As  a  result  of  these  uncertainties,  our  total  income  tax  provision  may  fluctuate  on  a 
quarterly basis. 

Each year, we prepare a return to provision analysis upon filing our income tax returns.  Based on this hindsight analysis, we 
concluded that our prior year income tax provision was within a range of acceptable estimates and that our provision calculation 
methodology  is  appropriate.  Differences  between  our  effective  income  tax  rate  and  federal  and  state  statutory  tax  rates  are 
primarily due to valuation allowances recorded for certain of our international subsidiaries with tax losses.  

Performance-Based Compensation Accrual 

The  Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  (Compensation  Committee)  annually  reviews  our  compensation  structure  to 
oversee  management’s  implementation  of  maintaining  a  program  that  attracts,  retains,  develops  and  motivates  employees 
without leading to unnecessary risk taking.  Our compensation packages include bonus plans that are specific to each group of 
eligible participants and their levels and areas of responsibility.  The majority of our bonus plans have annual cash payments 
that  are  based  primarily  on  objective  performance  criteria.  We  calculate  bonuses  based  on  the  achievement  of  certain  key 
measurable financial and operational results, including operating income and diluted earnings per share (EPS). 

30


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
We use an annual cash performance award (annual bonus) to focus corporate behavior on short-term goals for growth, financial 
performance  and  other  specific  financial  and  business  improvement  metrics.  Management  sets  the  company’s  annual  bonus 
objectives at the beginning of the bonus plan year using both historical information and forecasted results of operations for the 
current  plan  year.  Management  also  establishes  specific  business  improvement  objectives  for  both  our  operating  units  and 
corporate  employees.  The  Compensation  Committee  approves  objectives  for  annual  bonus  plans  involving  executive 
management. 

We also utilize our medium-term (three-year) Strategic Plan Incentive Program (SPIP) to provide senior management with an 
additional cash-based, pay-for-performance award based on the achievement of specified earnings growth objectives.  Payouts 
through the SPIP are based on three-year compound annual growth rates (CAGRs) of our diluted EPS. 

We record annual performance-based compensation accruals based on operating income achieved in a quarter as a percentage 
of total expected operating income for the year.  We estimate total expected operating income for the current plan year using 
management’s  estimate  of  the  total  overall  incentives  earned  per  the  stated  bonus  plan  objectives.  Starting  in  June,  and 
continuing each quarter through our fiscal year end, we adjust our estimated performance-based compensation accrual based on 
our  detailed  analysis  of  each  bonus  plan,  the  participants’  progress  toward  achievement  of  their  specific  objectives  and 
management’s estimates related to the discretionary components of the bonus plans, if any. 

We  record  SPIP  accruals  based  on  our  total  expected  EPS  for  the  current  fiscal  year  and  earnings  growth  estimates  for  the 
succeeding two years.  We base our current fiscal year estimates on the same assumptions used for our annual bonus calculation 
and we base our forward-looking estimates on historical growth trends and our projections for the remainder of the three-year 
performance periods.  

Our quarterly performance-based compensation expense and accrual balances may vary relative to actual annual bonus expense 
and payouts due to the following: 

• 
• 
• 

differences between estimated and actual performance;

our projections related to achievement of multiple-year performance objectives for our SPIP; and

the discretionary components of the bonus plans. 

We generally make bonus payments at the end of February following the most recently completed fiscal year.  Each year, we 
compare the actual bonus payouts to amounts accrued at the previous year's end to determine the accuracy of our performance-
based  compensation  estimates.  Based  on  our  hindsight  analysis,  we  concluded  that  our  performance-based  compensation 
accrual balances were within a reasonable range of acceptable estimates and that our estimation methodologies are appropriate. 

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

Goodwill  is  our  largest  intangible  asset.  At  December  31,  2020,  our  goodwill  balance  was  $268.2  million,  representing 
approximately  15%  of  total  assets.  Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  amount  we  paid  to  acquire  a  company  over  the 
estimated fair value of tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed. 

We perform a goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter of each year or on a more frequent basis if events or changes in 
circumstances occur that indicate potential impairment.  To the extent the carrying value of a reporting unit is greater than its 
estimated fair value, we record a goodwill impairment charge for the difference, up to the carrying value of the goodwill.  We 
recognize any impairment loss in operating income.  

Since we define an operating segment as an individual sales center and we do not have operations below the sales center level, 
we  define  a  reporting  unit  as  an  individual  sales  center.  As  of  October  1,  2020,  we  had  226  reporting  units  with  allocated 
goodwill  balances.  The  most  significant  goodwill  balance  for  a  reporting  unit  was  $5.7  million  and  the  average  goodwill 
balance was $0.9 million.  

In  October  of  2020,  2019  and  2018,  we  performed  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  and  did  not  recognize  any  goodwill 
impairment at the reporting unit level.  

31


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
In the first quarter of 2020, we determined certain impairment triggers for our Australian reporting units had occurred due to the 
impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  expected  future  operating  cash  flows.  We  performed  interim  goodwill  impairment 
analyses,  which  included  discounted  cash  flow  analyses,  and  determined  that  the  estimated  fair  values  of  our  Australian 
reporting units no longer exceeded their carrying values.  In the period ended March 31, 2020, we recorded impairment equal to 
the total goodwill and intangibles carrying amounts of our five Australian reporting units, which included goodwill impairment 
of $3.5 million and intangibles impairment, related to the Pool Systems tradename and trademark, of $0.9 million. 

We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  our  reporting  units  based  on  an  income  approach  that  incorporates  our  assumptions  for 
determining the present value of future cash flows.  We project future cash flows using management’s assumptions for sales 
growth rates, operating margins, discount rates and earnings multiples.  These estimates can significantly affect the outcome of 
our impairment test.  We also review for potential impairment indicators at the reporting unit level based on an evaluation of 
recent historical operating trends, current and projected local market conditions and other relevant factors as appropriate. 

To  test  the  reasonableness  of  our  fair  value  estimates,  we  compared  our  aggregate  estimated  fair  values  to  our  market 
capitalization  as  of  the  date  of  our  annual  impairment  test.  We  expect  that  a  reasonable  fair  value  estimate  would  reflect  a 
moderate  acquisition  premium.  Our  aggregate  estimated  fair  values  fell  in  line  with  our  market  capitalization,  which  we 
consider to be reasonable for the purpose of our goodwill impairment test.  To facilitate a sensitivity analysis, we reduced our 
consolidated  fair  value  estimate  to  reflect  more  conservative  discounted  cash  flow  assumptions,  the  sensitivity  of  a  50  basis 
point increase in our estimated weighted average cost of capital or a 50 basis point decrease in the estimated perpetuity growth 
rate.  Our sensitivity analysis generated a fair value estimate below our market capitalization and resulted in the identification of 
no additional at-risk locations. 

Based on our 2020 goodwill impairment analysis, we consider one of our Horizon reporting units in California as most at risk 
for goodwill impairment due to marginal results in recent years.  The most sensitive assumptions related to our fair value for 
this  location  relates  to  future  projected  operating  results  and  management’s  ability  to  effectively  manage  costs.  As  of 
December 31, 2020, our aggregate goodwill balance for this reporting unit was $1.4 million.  

If our assumptions or estimates in our fair value calculations change or if operating results are less than forecasted, we could 
incur impairment charges in future periods, especially related to the reporting unit discussed above.  Impairment charges would 
decrease operating income, negatively impact diluted EPS and result in lower asset values on our balance sheet.  

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

See Note 1 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for details. 

32


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The  table  below summarizes information derived from  our Consolidated Statements of Income  expressed as a  percentage  of net  
sales for the past three fiscal years: 


Year Ended December 31,

2019 

2020 

2018 

Net sales 

Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Operating expenses 

Operating income 

Interest and other non-operating expenses, net 

100.0 % 

100.0 % 

100.0 % 

71.3 

28.7 

16.9 

11.8 

0.3 

71.1 

28.9 

18.2 

10.7 

0.7 

71.0 

29.0 

18.6 

10.5 

0.7 

Income before income taxes and equity earnings 

11.5 % 

9.9 % 

9.8 % 

Note: Due to rounding, percentages may not add to operating income or income before income taxes and equity earnings. 

Our discussion of consolidated operating results includes the operating results from acquisitions in 2020, 2019 and 2018.  We 
have included the results of operations in our consolidated results since the respective acquisition dates. 

Fiscal Year 2020 compared to Fiscal Year 2019 

The   following  table   breaks  out   our  consolidated  results  into  the   base   business  component   and  the   excluded  components 
(sales centers excluded from base business):


(Unaudited) 

(in thousands) 

Net sales 

Gross profit 

Gross margin 

Operating expenses (1) 
Expenses as a % of net sales 

Operating income (loss) (1) 
Operating margin 

Base Business 

Year Ended 

December 31, 

Excluded 

Year Ended 

December 31, 

Total

Year Ended

December 31,


2020 
$  3,886,079 

2019 
$  3,183,940 

2020 

2019 

$ 

50,544 

$ 

15,577 

2020 
$  3,936,623 

2019 
$  3,199,517 

1,117,303 

 28.8 % 

650,020 

 16.7 % 

467,283 

 12.0 % 

922,193 

 29.0 % 

579,068 

 18.2 % 

343,125 

 10.8 % 

13,599 

 26.9 % 

16,855 

 33.3 % 

(3,256) 

 (6.4) % 

2,732 
 17.5 %	

4,611 

 29.6 % 

(1,879) 

 (12.1)% 

1,130,902 

 28.7 % 

666,875 

 16.9 % 

464,027 

 11.8 % 

924,925 

 28.9 % 

583,679 

 18.2 % 

341,246 

 10.7 % 

(1)  Base business and total include $6.9 million of impairment from goodwill and other assets recorded in the first quarter of 

2020. 

33


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
We have excluded the following acquisitions from base business for the periods identified:


Acquired 
TWC Distributors, Inc. (1) 

Jet Line Products, Inc. 
Northeastern Swimming Pool Distributors, Inc. (1) 
Master Tile Network LLC  (1) 

W.W. Adcock, Inc. (1) 

Turf & Garden, Inc. (1) 

Acquisition
Date 

Net 
Sales Centers 
Acquired 

Periods 
Excluded 

December 2020 

10 

December 2020 

October 2020 

September 2020 

February 2020 

January 2019 

November 2018 

9 

2 

4 

4 

4 

October - December 2020 

September - December 2020 

February - December 2020 

January - March 2020 and 
January - March 2019 
January 2020 and 
January 2019 

(1)  We acquired certain distribution assets of each of these companies. 

When calculating our base  business results, we  exclude  sales centers that  are  acquired, closed or opened in new markets for a  
period  of  15  months.    We   also  exclude   consolidated  sales  centers  when  we   do  not   expect   to  maintain  the   majority  of  the  
existing business and existing sales centers that are consolidated with acquired sales centers. 

We  generally allocate  corporate  overhead expenses to excluded sales centers on the  basis of their net  sales as a  percentage  of 
total   net   sales.    After  15  months  of  operations,  we   include   acquired,  consolidated  and  new  market   sales  centers  in  the   base  
business calculation including the comparative prior year period. 

The table below summarizes the changes in our sales centers during 2020: 

December 31, 2019 

Acquired locations 
New locations 
Closed/consolidated locations 

December 31, 2020 

373 
25 
3 
(3) 
398 

For information about  our recent  acquisitions, see  Note  2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial  Statements,”  included in Item  8 
of this Form 10-K. 

34


	
 
 
 
 
 
	
Net Sales


(in millions)	

Net sales 

Year Ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Change 

$ 

3,936.6 

$ 

3,199.5 

$  737.1 

23% 

Net  sales  increased  23%  compared  to  2019,  with  22%  of  this  increase  resulting  from  base  business  sales  growth.  As  the 
pandemic forced families to spend more time at home in 2020, they sought out opportunities to create or expand existing home-
based outdoor living and entertainment spaces.  This created unprecedented demand throughout our markets, and we realized 
broad sales gains across nearly all product categories.  Our sales benefited from greater swimming pool usage, high demand for 
residential pool products and warmer weather conditions during the year.  

The following factors benefited our sales growth (listed in order of estimated magnitude): 

•	

•	

•	
•	
•	
•	

strong demand for discretionary products, as evidenced by improvements in sales growth rates for product offerings 
such as equipment, building materials and above-ground pools and hot tubs (see discussion below); 
increased demand for residential swimming pool maintenance supplies due to earlier pool openings and increased 
usage, as evidenced by improvements in sales growth rates to retail customers (see discussion below); 

	 market share gains, including those in building materials (see discussion below); 

inflationary product cost increases of approximately 1% to 2%; 
1% sales growth from recent acquisitions; and 
1% sales growth from an additional selling day in 2020 compared to 2019. 

We believe that sales growth rates for certain product offerings, such as equipment, building materials and above-ground pools 
and hot tubs evidence increased spending in traditionally discretionary areas, such as pool construction, pool remodeling and 
equipment upgrades.  In 2020, sales for equipment, such as swimming pool heaters, pumps, lights and filters, increased 31% 
compared  to  2019,  and  collectively  represented  approximately  29%  of  net  sales.  This  increase  reflects  both  the  growth  of 
replacement  activity  and  continued  demand  for  higher-priced,  more  energy-efficient  products.  Sales  of  building  materials, 
which  includes  tile  and  sales  from  recently  acquired  Master  Tile  locations,  grew  23%  compared  to  2019  and  represented 
approximately  12%  of  net  sales  in  2020.  Sales  of  above-ground  pools  increased  57%  in  2020  compared  to  2019  and 
represented approximately 1% of net sales in 2020. 

Sales  to  customers  who  service  large  commercial  installations  and  specialty  retailers  that  sell  swimming  pool  supplies  are 
included in the appropriate existing product categories, and growth or decline in these areas are reflected in the numbers above.  
Sales to retail customers increased 24% compared to 2019 and represented approximately 13% of our net sales in 2020.  Sales 
to  commercial  customers  declined  10%  in  2020,  driven  by  COVID-19  related  closures  and  the  decline  in  both  business  and 
leisure travel.  Sales to commercial customers represented approximately 4% of our net sales in 2020.  

2020 Quarterly Sales Performance Compared to 2019 Quarterly Sales Performance 

•	

•	

•	

•	

Strong  demand  for  discretionary  products  during  the  first  quarter  of  2020  led  to  net  sales  and  base  business  sales 
growth of 13%.  Sales were also favorably impacted by an additional selling day in the first quarter of 2020 compared 
to the first quarter of 2019. 
Net sales and base business sales increased 14% in the second quarter of 2020 as stay-at-home restrictions eased in late 
April through early May, and sales benefited from greater swimming pool demand and usage, resulting in broad sales 
gains across many product categories and geographies. 
In the third quarter of 2020, net sales and base business sales increased 27% and benefited from continued elevated 
demand for residential pool products, driven by home-centric trends influenced by the COVID-19 pandemic. 
Net sales in the fourth quarter of 2020 increased 44%, while base business sales increased 39%.  Sales benefited from 
continued stay-at-home trends combined with favorable weather nationwide and acquisitions, which added 4% to sales 
growth. 

In addition to the sales discussion above, see further details of significant weather impacts under the subheading Seasonality 
and Quarterly Fluctuations below. 

35


  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Gross Profit


(in millions) 

Gross profit 

Gross margin 

Year Ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Change 

$ 

1,130.9 

$ 

924.9 

$  206.0 

22% 

 28.7 % 

 28.9 % 

Gross margin declined 20 basis points to 28.7% in 2020 compared to 28.9% in 2019, primarily due to sales of lower margin, 
big-ticket  items,  such  as  pool  equipment  and  in-ground  and  above-ground  pools,  which  comprised  a  larger  portion  of  our 
product mix in 2020 compared to 2019. 

Operating Expenses 

(in millions) 

Year Ended December 31, 

Selling and administrative expenses 

$ 

659.9 

$ 

583.7 

$  76.2 

Impairment of goodwill and other assets 

Operating expenses as a percentage of net sales 

6.9 

 16.9 % 

— 

6.9 

 18.2 % 

13% 

100% 

2020 

2019 

Change 

Operating expenses increased 14%, or $83.2 million, to $666.9 million in 2020, up from $583.7 million in 2019, while base 
business  operating  expenses  grew  12%.  The  increase  in  operating  expenses  primarily  reflects  a  $43.9  million  increase  in 
performance-based  compensation  from  $24.3  million  in  2019  to  $68.2  million  in  2020  and  expenses  of  $16.9  million  from 
recently acquired businesses.  

In the first quarter of 2020, we recorded impairment charges of $6.9 million, which included non-cash goodwill and intangibles 
impairment charges of $4.4 million, equal to the total goodwill and intangibles carrying amounts of our Australian reporting 
units, and $2.5 million from a long-term note, as collectability was impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.  

Excluding impairment charges and performance-based compensation in both periods, adjusted operating expenses were up 6%, 
reflecting  growth-driven  labor  and  freight  expenses  and  greater  facility-related  costs  partially  offset  by  lower  discretionary 
spending.  As  a  result  of  strong  expense  control  and  our  ability  to  leverage  our  existing  network,  operating  expenses  as  a 
percentage of net sales declined 130 basis points, contributing to the 110 basis point expansion in our operating margin for the 
year. 

Interest and Other Non-operating Expenses, net 

Interest and other non-operating expenses, net decreased $11.4 million compared to 2019, reflecting lower average debt levels 
and  lower  average  interest  rates  between  periods.  Average  outstanding  debt  was  $422.2  million  in  2020  versus  $599.6 
million in 2019.  Our 2020 average outstanding debt balance has decreased as we utilized operating cash flows to pay off debt 
balances.  Our weighted average effective interest rate decreased to 2.1% in 2020 compared to 3.4% in 2019. 

Income Taxes 

Our  effective  income  tax  rate  was  18.9%  at  December  31,  2020  and  17.7%  at  December  31,  2019.  We  recorded  a 
$28.6  million,  or  $0.70  per  diluted  share,  benefit  from  ASU  2016-09  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  compared  to  a 
benefit  of  $23.5  million,  or  $0.57  per  diluted  share,  realized  in  the  same  period  in  2019.  Excluding  the  benefits  from  ASU 
2016-09, our effective tax rate was 25.2% and 25.1% for the years ended 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Net Income and Earnings Per Share 

Net income increased 40% to $366.7 million in 2020 compared to $261.6 million in 2019.  Adjusted net income, excluding the 
$6.3 million, or $0.15 per diluted share, impact of non-cash impairments, net of tax, increased 43% to $373.0 million.  Earnings 
per share increased 40% to $8.97 per diluted share compared to $6.40 per diluted share in 2019.  Excluding the impact of non-
cash impairments, net of tax, and the impact from ASU 2016-09 in both periods, adjusted diluted earnings per share increased 
44% to $8.42 in 2020 compared to $5.83 in 2019.  See the reconciliation of GAAP to non-GAAP measures below. 

36


  
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures


Adjusted Income Statement Information 

We  have  included  adjusted  net  income  and  adjusted  diluted  EPS,  which  are  non-GAAP  financial  measures,  as  supplemental 
disclosures,  because  we  believe  these  measures  are  useful  to  investors  and  others  in  assessing  our  year-over-year  operating 
performance.  We believe these measures should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, net income and diluted 
EPS presented in accordance with GAAP, respectively, and in the context of our other disclosures included within this Form 
10-Q.  Other  companies  may  calculate  these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  differently  than  we  do,  which  may  limit  their 
usefulness as comparative measures.  

The table below presents a reconciliation of net income to adjusted net income. 

(Unaudited) 

(in thousands) 

Net income 

Impairment of goodwill and other assets 
Tax impact on impairment of long-term note (1) 

Adjusted net income	

Year Ended 

December 31, 

2020 

$ 

$ 

366,738 

6,944 

(654) 

373,028 

(1)	

	 As described in our First Quarter 2020 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, our effective tax rate at March 31, 2020 was a 
0.1% benefit.  Excluding impairment from goodwill and intangibles and tax benefits from ASU 2016-09 recorded in 
the first quarter of 2020, our effective tax rate for the first quarter of 2020 was 25.4%, which we used to calculate the 
tax impact related to the $2.5 million long-term note impairment. 

The table below presents a reconciliation of diluted EPS to adjusted diluted EPS. 

(Unaudited) 

Diluted EPS 

$ 

After-tax non-cash impairment charges 

Adjusted diluted EPS excluding after-tax non-cash 
impairment charges 

ASU 2016-09 tax benefit 

Year Ended 

December 31, 

2020 

2019 

$ 

8.97 

0.15 

9.12 

0.70 

6.40 

— 

6.40 

0.57 

Adjusted diluted EPS excluding after-tax non-cash 
impairment charges and tax benefit 

$ 

8.42 

$ 

5.83 

Fiscal Year 2019 compared to Fiscal Year 2018 

For a detailed discussion of the Results of Operations in Fiscal Year 2019 compared to Fiscal Year 2018, see the Results of 
Operations  section  of  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  included  in  Part  II,  Item  7  of  our  2019  Annual  Report  on 
Form 10-K.  

37


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations 

For discussion regarding the effects seasonality and weather have on our business, see Item 1, “Business,” of this Form 10-K. 

The  following  table  presents  certain  unaudited  quarterly  data  for  2020  and  2019.  We  have  included  income  statement  and 
balance sheet data for the most recent eight quarters to allow for a meaningful comparison of the seasonal fluctuations in these 
amounts. 
In  our  opinion,  this  information  reflects  all  normal  and  recurring  adjustments  considered  necessary  for  a  fair 
presentation of this data.  Due to the seasonal nature of our industry, the results of any one or more quarters are not necessarily 
a good indication of results for an entire fiscal year or of continuing trends. 

(Unaudited) 

(in thousands) 

Statement of Income Data 

Net sales 

Gross profit 

Operating income 

Net income 

Net sales as a % of annual 

net sales 

Gross profit as a % of

annual gross profit 

Operating income as a % of

annual operating
income 

Balance Sheet Data 

2020 

2019 

QUARTER 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

$  677,288  $  1,280,846  $  1,139,229  $  839,261  $  597,456  $  1,121,328  $  898,500  $  582,234 

189,629 

35,588 

30,912 

373,481 

205,857 

157,555 

328,698 

148,233 

119,098 

239,095 

174,631 

74,351 

59,174 

38,386 

32,637 

330,314 

172,523 

131,390 

257,931 

104,540 

79,525 

162,050 

25,798 

18,024 

 17 % 

 33 % 

 29 % 

 21 % 

 19 % 

 35 % 

 28 % 

 18 % 

 17 % 

 33 % 

 29 % 

 21 % 

 19 % 

 36 % 

 28 % 

 18 % 

 8 % 

 44 % 

 32 % 

 16 % 

 11 % 

 51 % 

 31 % 

 8 % 

Total receivables, net 

$  345,915  $ 

453,405  $  366,412  $  289,200  $  313,127  $  417,126  $  307,798  $  226,539 

Product inventories, net 

Accounts payable 

Total debt 

858,190 

517,620 

586,050 

628,418 

346,272 

438,804 

612,824 

268,412 

339,934 

780,989 

266,753 

416,018 

815,742 

472,487 

698,977 

694,447 

342,335 

692,337 

616,217 

214,309 

547,560 

702,274 

261,963 

511,407 

Note: Due to rounding, the sum of quarterly percentage amounts may not equal 100%. 

38


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Weather Impacts on Fiscal Year 2020 to Fiscal Year 2019 Comparisons 

In  the  first  quarter  of  2020,  sales  benefited  from  above-average  temperatures  throughout  the  contiguous  United  States, 
particularly  in  the  southern  United  States.  These  favorable  weather  conditions  contrast  from  the  first  quarter  of  2019  when 
wetter and cooler-than-normal temperatures to begin the year hindered sales growth. 

Weather  conditions  in  the  second  quarter  of  2020  were  varied  across  the  contiguous  United  States;  however,  results  in  the 
second quarter of 2020 benefited from generally mild weather conditions.  Much of the western United States benefited from 
warmer weather, while the southeastern United States experienced slightly below-average temperatures.  Southern California 
and the southeastern United States, including Florida, experienced more precipitation than normal.  In contrast, results for the 
second  quarter  of  2019  were  largely  impacted  by  record  rainfall  and  cooler  temperatures  in  three  of  our  largest  markets, 
California,  Texas  and  Arizona,  particularly  in  the  month  of  May,  which  was  the  second  wettest  May  on  record  for  the 
contiguous United States. 

Overall, weather conditions in the third quarter of 2020 were generally favorable, which benefited results.  Much of the western 
United States experienced above-average temperatures, particularly in California, which was also plagued with the most active 
wildfire year on record.  Precipitation was below-average in most of the western half of the United States and normal to above-
average  in  the  eastern  half.  Likewise,  results  in  the  third  quarter  of  2019  were  positively  impacted  by  above-average 
temperatures and below-average precipitation throughout most of the country. 

Sales in the fourth quarter of 2020 benefited from above-average temperatures and below-average precipitation, particularly in 
the  month  of  November,  which  was  the  fourth  warmest  on  record  in  a  126-year  period  for  the  contiguous  United  States.  
Similarly,  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2019,  sales  benefited  from  above  average  temperatures,  primarily  in  the  southern  and 
southeastern United States. 

Weather Impacts on Fiscal Year 2019 to Fiscal Year 2018 Comparisons 

For  a  detailed  discussion  of  Weather  Impacts  on  Fiscal  Year  2019  compared  to  Fiscal  Year  2018,  see  the  Seasonality  and 
Quarterly Fluctuations section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis included in Part II, Item 7 of our 2019 Annual Report 
on Form 10-K.  

Geographic Areas 

Since all of our sales centers have similar operations and share similar economic characteristics, we aggregate our sales centers 
into  a  single  reportable  segment.  For  additional  details,  see  Note  1  of  our  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,” 
included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  

For  a  breakdown  of  net  sales  and  property,  plant  and  equipment  between  our  United  States  and  international  operations,  see 
Item 1, “Business,” of this Form 10-K. 

39


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

Liquidity  is  defined  as  the  ability  to  generate  adequate  amounts  of  cash  to  meet  short-term  and  long-term  cash  needs.  
We assess our liquidity in terms of our ability to generate cash to fund our operating activities, taking into consideration the 
seasonal nature of our business.  Significant factors which could affect our liquidity include the following: 

•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	
•	

cash flows generated from operating activities; 
the adequacy of available bank lines of credit; 
the quality of our receivables; 
acquisitions; 
dividend payments; 
capital expenditures; 
changes in income tax laws and regulations; 
the timing and extent of share repurchases; and 
the ability to attract long-term capital with satisfactory terms. 

Our  primary  capital  needs  are  seasonal  working  capital  obligations,  debt  repayment  obligations  and  other  general  corporate 
initiatives, including acquisitions, opening new sales centers, dividend payments and share repurchases.  Our primary working 
capital obligations are for the purchase of inventory, payroll, rent, other facility costs and selling and administrative expenses. 
Our  working  capital  obligations  fluctuate  during  the  year,  driven  primarily  by  seasonality  and  the  timing  of  inventory 
purchases.  Our primary sources of working capital are cash from operations supplemented by bank borrowings, which have 
historically been sufficient to support our growth and finance acquisitions.  The same principle applies to funds used for capital 
expenditures and share repurchases. 

We prioritize our use of cash based on investing in our business, maintaining a prudent capital structure, including a modest 
amount of debt, and returning cash to our shareholders through dividends and share repurchases.  Our specific priorities for the 
use of cash are as follows: 

•	

•	
•	
•	
•	

capital  expenditures  primarily  for  maintenance  and  growth  of  our  sales  center  structure,  technology-related 
investments and fleet vehicles; 
strategic acquisitions executed opportunistically; 
payment of cash dividends as and when declared by our Board of Directors (Board); 
repayment of debt to maintain an average total leverage ratio (as defined below) between 1.5 and 2.0; and 
repurchases of our common stock under our Board authorized share repurchase program. 

Capital  expenditures  were  0.6%  of  net  sales  in  2020,  1.0%  of  net  sales  in  2019  and  1.1%  of  net  sales  in  2018.  Capital 
expenditures in 2020 were lower than our historical average due to cost-saving measures implemented at the beginning of the 
COVID-19 pandemic.  Over the last five years, capital expenditures have averaged roughly 1.0% of net sales. 

Our  capital  spending  primarily  relates  to  leasehold  improvements,  delivery  and  service  vehicles  and  information  technology.  
We focus our capital expenditure plans on the needs of our sales centers.  For 2021, based on management’s current plans, we 
project capital expenditures will continue to approximate the historical average.  

As of December 31, 2020, our average total leverage ratio was 0.86, which was below our target range of between 1.5 and 2.0 
and below our average total leverage ratio of 1.61 as of December 31, 2019.  Our strong operating results and cash flow from 
operations enabled us to reduce our debt balances in 2020.  We expect our average total leverage ratio through the first half of 
2021 will continue to be below our target range. 

We believe we have adequate availability of capital to fund present operations and the current capacity to finance any working 
capital needs that may arise.  We continually evaluate potential acquisitions and hold discussions with acquisition candidates.  
If suitable acquisition opportunities arise that would require financing, we believe that we have the ability to finance any such 
transactions. 

As of February 19, 2021, $172.0 million of the current Board authorized amount under our authorized share repurchase plan 
remained  available.  We  expect  to  repurchase  additional  shares  in  the  open  market  from  time  to  time  depending  on  market 
conditions.  We  plan  to  fund  these  repurchases  with  cash  provided  by  operations  and  borrowings  under  the  credit  and 
receivables facilities. 

40


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Sources and Uses of Cash 

The following table summarizes our cash flows (in thousands): 

Operating activities 
Investing activities 
Financing activities 

Year Ended December 31, 

$ 

2020 
397,581 
(146,289) 
(244,371) 

$ 

2019 
298,776 
(42,263) 
(244,486) 

Cash  provided  by  operations  of  $397.6  million  for  2020  increased  $98.8  million  compared  to  2019,  primarily  reflecting  the 
$105.2 million improvement in net income. 

Cash used in investing activities increased in 2020 due to an increase of $115.7 million in payments for acquisitions compared 
to 2019, which was partially offset by an $11.7 million decrease in net capital expenditures between years. 

Cash used in financing activities was $244.4 million in 2020, consistent with $244.5 million in 2019, which primarily reflects a 
$59.6  million  decrease  in  net  debt  payments,  offset  by  additional  share  repurchases  of  $53.0  million  and  an  increase  in 
dividends paid of $8.2 million. 

For a discussion of our sources and uses of cash in 2018, see the Liquidity and Capital Resources – Sources and Uses of Cash 
section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis included in Part II, Item 7 of our 2019 Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Future Sources and Uses of Cash 

To supplement cash from operations as our primary source of working capital, we will continue to utilize our three major credit 
facilities,  which  are  the  Amended  and  Restated  Revolving  Credit  Facility  (the  Credit  Facility),  the  Term  Facility  (the  Term 
Facility) and the Receivables Securitization Facility (the Receivables Facility).  For additional details regarding these facilities, 
see Note 5 of our “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  

Revolving Credit Facility 

Our Credit Facility provides for $750.0 million in borrowing capacity under a five-year unsecured revolving credit facility and 
includes  sublimits  for  the  issuance  of  swingline  loans  and  standby  letters  of  credit.  Pursuant  to  an  accordion  feature,  the 
aggregate maximum principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Facility may be increased at our request and with 
agreement by the lenders by up to $75.0 million, to a total of $825.0 million.  The Credit Facility matures on September 29, 
2022.  We  intend  to  use  the  Credit  Facility  for  general  corporate  purposes,  for  future  share  repurchases  and  to  fund  future 
growth initiatives. 

At  December  31,  2020,  there  was  $109.0  million  outstanding,  a  $4.8  million  standby  letter  of  credit  outstanding  and  $636.2 
million available for borrowing under the Credit Facility.  The weighted average effective interest rate for the Credit Facility as 
of December 31, 2020 was approximately 1.2%, excluding commitment fees. 

Term Facility 

Our Term Facility provides for $185.0 million in borrowing capacity and matures on December 30, 2026.  Proceeds from the 
Term Facility were used to pay down the Credit Facility, adding capacity for future share repurchases, acquisitions and growth-
oriented working capital expansion.  The Term Facility is repaid in quarterly installments of 1.250% of the Term Facility on the 
last business day of each quarter beginning in the first quarter of 2020.  We classify the entire outstanding balance as Long-term 
debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we intend and have the ability to refinance the obligations on a long-term basis.  
The total of the quarterly payments will be equal to 33.75% of the Term Facility with the final principal repayment, equal to 
66.25% of the Term Facility, due on the maturity date.  We may prepay amounts outstanding under the Term Facility without 
penalty other than interest breakage costs. 

At December 31, 2020, the Term Facility had an outstanding balance of $175.8 million at a weighted average effective interest 
rate of 2.7%.  

41


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
	
Financial Covenants 

Financial covenants of the Credit Facility and the Term Facility include maintenance of a maximum average total leverage ratio 
and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, which are our most restrictive financial covenants.  As of December 31, 2020, the 
calculations of these two covenants are detailed below: 

•	

	 Maximum Average Total Leverage Ratio. On the last day of each fiscal quarter, our average total leverage ratio must 
be  less  than  3.25  to  1.00.  Average  Total  Leverage  Ratio  is  the  ratio  of  the  trailing  twelve  months  (TTM)  Average 
Total Funded Indebtedness plus the TTM Average Accounts Securitization Proceeds divided by the TTM EBITDA (as 
those terms are defined in the Credit Facility).  As of December 31, 2020, our average total leverage ratio equaled 0.86 
(compared  to  1.61  as  of  December  31,  2019)  and  the  TTM  average  total  debt  amount  used  in  this  calculation  was 
$439.3 million. 

•	

	 Minimum Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. On the last day of each fiscal quarter, our fixed charge ratio must be greater 
than or equal to 2.25 to 1.00.  Fixed Charge Ratio is the ratio of the TTM EBITDAR divided by TTM Interest Expense 
paid  or  payable  in  cash  plus  TTM  Rental  Expense  (as  those  terms  are  defined  in  the  Credit  Facility).  As  of 
December 31, 2020, our fixed charge ratio equaled 7.81 (compared to 5.38 as of December 31, 2019) and TTM Rental 
Expense was $63.2 million. 

The Credit Facility and the Term Facility also limit the declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock to no more 
than 50% of the preceding year’s Net Income (as defined in the Credit Facility and the Term Facility), provided no default or 
event of default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the payment of dividends.  Additionally, we may declare 
and pay quarterly dividends notwithstanding that the aggregate amount of dividends paid would be in excess of the 50% limit 
described above so long as (i) the amount per share of such dividends does not exceed the amount per share paid during the 
most recent fiscal year in which we were in compliance with the 50% limit and (ii) our Average Total Leverage Ratio is less 
than  3.00  to  1.00  both  immediately  before  and  after  giving  pro  forma  effect  to  such  dividends.  Further,  dividends  must  be 
declared and paid in a manner consistent with our past practice.  

Under the Credit Facility and the Term Facility, we may repurchase shares of our common stock provided no default or event of 
default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the repurchase of shares, and our maximum average total leverage 
ratio (determined on a pro forma basis) is less than 2.50 to 1.00.  Other covenants include restrictions on our ability to grant 
liens, incur indebtedness, make investments, merge or consolidate, and sell or transfer assets.  Failure to comply with any of our 
financial covenants or any other terms of the Credit Facility and the Term Facility could result in higher interest rates on our 
borrowings or the acceleration of the maturities of our outstanding debt. 

Receivables Securitization Facility 

Our two-year accounts receivable securitization facility (the Receivables Facility) offers us a lower-cost form of financing, with 
a peak funding capacity of up to $295.0 million between May 1 and May 31, which includes an additional seasonal funding 
capacity that is available between March 1 and July 31.  Other funding capacities range from $120.0 million to $275.0 million 
throughout the remaining months of the year.  The Receivables Facility matures on November 1, 2021.  We classify the entire 
outstanding balance as Long-term debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we intend and have the ability to refinance the 
obligations on a long-term basis. 

The  Receivables  Facility  provides  for  the  sale  of  certain  of  our  receivables  to  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  (the  Securitization 
Subsidiary).  The Securitization Subsidiary transfers variable undivided percentage interests in the receivables and related rights 
to certain third-party financial institutions in exchange for cash proceeds, limited to the applicable funding capacities.  Upon 
payment of the receivables by customers, rather than remitting to the financial institutions the amounts collected, we retain such 
collections as proceeds for the sale of new receivables until payments become due.  

The  Receivables  Facility  contains  terms  and  conditions  (including  representations,  covenants  and  conditions  precedent) 
customary  for  transactions  of  this  type.  Additionally,  an  amortization  event  will  occur  if  we  fail  to  maintain  a  maximum 
average total leverage ratio (average total funded debt/EBITDA) of 3.25 to 1.00 and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio 
(EBITDAR/cash interest expense plus rental expense) of 2.25 to 1.00. 

At  December  31,  2020,  there  was  $120.0  million  outstanding  under  the  Receivables  Facility  at  a  weighted  average  effective 
interest rate of 0.9%, excluding commitment fees.  

42


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Interest Rate Swaps


We utilize interest rate swap contracts and forward-starting interest rate swap contracts to reduce our exposure to fluctuations in 
variable  interest  rates  for  future  interest  payments  on  our  variable  rate  borrowings.  Interest  expense  related  to  the  notional 
amounts under all swap contracts is based on the fixed rates plus the applicable margin on the respective borrowings. 

In 2020, we had one interest rate swap in place, which became effective on November 20, 2019 and terminated on November 
20,  2020.  This  swap  contract  was  previously  forward-looking  and  converted  the  variable  interest  rate  on  our  variable  rate 
borrowings to a fixed rate of 1.1425% on a notional amount of $150.0 million. 

As of December 31, 2020, we had two interest rate swap contracts in place, which became effective on November 20, 2020 and 
terminate on September 29, 2022.  These swap contracts were previously forward-starting and convert the variable interest rates 
on  our  variable  rate  borrowings  to  fixed  interest  rates  of  2.0925%  and  1.5500%,  respectively,  on  notional  amounts  of  $75.0 
million each.  

We have entered into forward-starting interest rate swap contracts to extend the hedged period for future interest payments on 
our variable rate borrowings.  These swap contracts will convert the variable interest rate to a fixed interest rate on our variable 
rate borrowings. 

The following table provides details related to each of our forward-starting interest rate swap contracts: 

Derivative 
Inception Date 
Forward-starting interest rate swap 1  February 5, 2020 

Forward-starting interest rate swap 2  March 9, 2020 

Forward-starting interest rate swap 3  March 9, 2020 

Effective Date 
February 26, 
2021 
September 29, 
2022 
February 28, 
2025 

Termination 
Date 
February 28, 
2025 
February 26, 
2027 
February 26, 
2027 

Notional  
Amount (in 
millions) 
$150.0 

Fixed 
Interest 
Rate 
1.3800% 

$150.0 

0.7400% 

$150.0 

0.8130% 

Compliance and Future Availability 

As of December 31, 2020, we were in compliance with all covenants and financial ratio requirements under our Credit Facility, 
our Term Facility and our Receivables Facility.  We believe we will remain in compliance with all covenants and financial ratio 
requirements  throughout  2021.  For  additional  information  regarding  our  debt  arrangements,  see  Note  5  of  “Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

43


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Contractual Obligations


At  December  31,  2020,  our  contractual  obligations  for  long-term  debt,  operating  leases  and  purchase  obligations  were  as 
follows (in thousands): 

Long-term debt 
Operating leases 
Purchase obligations (1) 

Total 
416,643 
223,715 
106,357 
746,715 

$ 

$ 

Less than 
1 year 

$ 

$ 

141,119 
56,443 
36,369 
233,931 

Payments Due by Period 

1-3 years 

3-5 years 

$ 

$ 

127,524 
92,403 
69,988 
289,915 

$ 

$ 

18,500 
47,121 
— 
65,621 

More than 
5 years 

$ 

$ 

129,500 
27,748 
— 
157,248 

(1) 	 Purchase obligations include all legally binding contracts such as firm minimum commitments for inventory purchases and 
software  commitments.  We  issue  inventory  purchase  orders  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  which  represent 
authorizations to purchase that are cancellable by their terms.  We do not consider purchase orders to be firm inventory 
commitments; therefore, they are excluded from the table above. 

The table below contains estimated interest payments (in thousands) related to our long-term debt obligations presented in the 
table above.  We calculated estimates of future interest payments based on the December 31, 2020 outstanding debt balances, 
using  the  fixed  rates  under  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements  for  the  applicable  notional  amounts  and  the  weighted  average 
effective interest rates as of December 31, 2020 for the remaining outstanding balances not covered by our swap contracts.  To 
project the estimated interest expense to coincide with the time periods used in the table above, we projected the estimated debt 
balances for future years based on the scheduled maturity dates of the Credit Facility, the Term Facility and the Receivables 
Facility.  For certain of our contractual obligations, such as unrecognized tax benefits, uncertainties exist regarding the timing 
of future payments and the amount by which these potential obligations will increase or decrease over time.  As such, we have 
excluded  unrecognized  tax  benefits  from  our  contractual  obligations  table.  See  Notes  5  and  7  of  “Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional discussion related to our debt and more information 
related to our unrecognized tax benefits.    

Estimated Interest Payments Due by Period 

Total 

Less than 
1 year 

1-3 years 

3-5 years 

More than 
5 years 

Interest 

$ 

23,659 

$ 

6,793 

$ 

8,497 

$ 

5,651 

$ 

2,718 

44


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 

We are exposed to market risks, including interest rate risk and foreign currency risk.  The adverse effects of potential changes 
in these market risks are discussed below.  The following discussion does not consider the effects of the reduced level of overall 
economic activity that could exist following such changes.  Further, in the event of changes of such magnitude, we would likely 
take actions to mitigate our exposure to such changes. 

Interest Rate Risk 

Our earnings are exposed to changes in short-term interest rates because of the variable interest rates on our debt.  However, we 
have entered into interest rate swap contracts to reduce our exposure to market fluctuations.  For information about our debt 
arrangements and interest rate swaps, see Note 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements,” included in Item 8 of this 
Form 10‑K. 

In 2020, there was no interest rate risk related to the notional amounts under our interest rate swap contracts.  The portions of 
our  outstanding  balances  under  the  Credit  Facility,  Term  Facility  and  the  Receivables  Facility  that  were  not  covered  by  our 
interest rate swap contracts were subject to variable interest rates.  To calculate the potential impact in 2020 related to interest 
rate  risk,  we  performed  a  sensitivity  analysis  assuming  that  we  borrowed  the  maximum  available  amount  under  the  Credit 
Facility, excluding the accordion feature, and the off-season maximum amount available under the Receivables Facility.  Our 
Term  Facility,  entered  into  on  December  30,  2019,  was  fully  drawn  as  of  that  date.  In  this  analysis,  we  assumed  that  the 
variable  interest  rates  for  the  Credit  Facility  and  the  Receivables  Facility  increased  by  1.0%.  Based  on  this  calculation, 
our  pretax  income  would  have  decreased  by  approximately  $7.8  million  and  earnings  per  share  would  have  decreased  by 
approximately $0.14 per diluted share (based on the number of weighted average diluted shares outstanding for the year ended 
December 31, 2020).  The maximum amount available under the Credit Facility is $750.0 million, excluding the $75.0 million 
accordion  feature,  and  the  maximum  amount  available  under  the  Receivables  Facility  is  $255.0  million,  excluding  the  $40.0 
million seasonal increase in capacity available from March 1 to July 31. 

Failure of our swap counterparties would result in the loss of any potential benefit to us under our swap agreements.  In this 
case, we would still be obligated to pay the variable interest payments underlying our debt agreements.  Additionally, failure of 
our swap counterparties would not eliminate our obligation to continue to make payments under our existing swap agreements 
if we continue to be in a net pay position. 

Currency Risk 

Changes in the exchange rates for the functional currencies of our international subsidiaries, as shown in the table below, may 
positively  or  negatively  impact  our  sales,  operating  expenses  and  earnings.  Historically,  we  have  not  hedged  our  currency 
exposure  and  fluctuations  in  exchange  rates  have  not  materially  affected  our  operating  results.  While  our  international 
operations accounted for only 9% of total net sales in 2020, our exposure to currency rate fluctuations could be material in 2021 
and future years to the extent that either currency rate changes are significant or that our international operations comprise a 
larger percentage of our consolidated results. 

Functional Currencies 

Canada 
United Kingdom 
Belgium 
Croatia 
France 
Germany 
Italy 
Portugal 
Spain 
Mexico 
Australia 

Canadian Dollar 
British Pound 
Euro 
Kuna 
Euro 
Euro 
Euro 
Euro 
Euro 
Mexican Peso 
Australian Dollar 

45


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Statements of Income 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page 

47


49


50


51


52


53


54


46


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Pool Corporation 

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pool Corporation (the Company) as of December 31, 2020 
and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the 
“consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, 
the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for 
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting 
principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in 
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(2013 framework), and our report dated February 25, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on 
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are 
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable 
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to 
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial 
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included 
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included 
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that 
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that 
are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The 
communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken 
as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit 
matter or on the account or disclosures to which it relates. 

Valuation of Goodwill 

Description of 
the Matter 

At December 31, 2020, the Company’s goodwill was $268.2 million. As discussed in Note 
3 of the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested for impairment at least 
annually at the reporting unit level. The Company’s goodwill is assigned to reporting units 
as of the acquisition date. 

Auditing management’s annual goodwill impairment test was complex and highly 
judgmental due to the estimation required to determine the fair value of the reporting units. 
In particular, the fair value estimate is sensitive to certain assumptions, such as changes in 
the weighted average cost of capital, revenue growth rate, operating margin, and terminal 
growth rate which are affected by expectations about future market or economic conditions. 

47


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
How We  
Addressed the  
Matter in Our 
Audit 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design, and tested the operating effectiveness of 
controls over the Company’s goodwill impairment review process, including controls over 
management’s review of the significant assumptions described above. 

To test the estimated fair value of the Company’s reporting units, we performed audit  
procedures that included, among others, assessing methodologies and testing the significant  
assumptions discussed above and the underlying data used by the Company in its analysis. We  
compared the significant assumptions used by management to current industry and economic  
trends and other relevant factors, such as historical results. We assessed the historical accuracy 
of management’s estimates and performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions to 
evaluate the changes in the fair value of the reporting units that would result from changes in 
the assumptions. We also involved a specialist to assist in our evaluation of the valuation 
methodology applied by the Company and the significant assumptions used in estimating the  
fair value of the Company. In addition, we reviewed the allocation of the Company’s fair 
value to its reporting units and the comparison of the Company’s fair value to its market  
capitalization. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1994. 

New Orleans, Louisiana 
February 25, 2021 

48


                                                                                                      
	
POOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In thousands, except per share data) 

Net sales 
Cost of sales 

Gross profit 

Selling and administrative expenses 
Impairment of goodwill and other assets 

Operating income 

Interest and other non-operating expenses, net 
Income before income taxes and equity earnings 
Provision for income taxes 
Equity earnings in unconsolidated investments, net 
Net income 

Earnings per share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Weighted average shares outstanding: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Year Ended December 31,

2019 
$  3,199,517 
2,274,592 
924,925 
583,679 
— 
341,246 
23,772 
317,474 
56,161 
262 
$  261,575 

2020 
$  3,936,623 
2,805,721 
1,130,902 
659,931 
6,944 
464,027 
12,353 
451,674 
85,231 
295 
$  366,738 

2018 
$  2,998,097 
2,127,924 
870,173 
556,284 
— 
313,889 
20,896 
292,993 
58,774 
242 
$  234,461 

$ 
$ 

9.14 
8.97 

$ 
$ 

6.57 
6.40 

$ 
$ 

5.82 
5.62 

40,106 
40,865 

39,833 
40,865 

40,311 
41,693 

Cash dividends declared per common share 

$ 

2.29 

$ 

2.10 

$ 

1.72 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


49


 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
POOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In thousands) 

Net income 
Other comprehensive (loss) income: 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Change in unrealized losses and gains on interest rate swaps, 
net of the change in taxes of $2,957, $552 and $(425) 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income 
Comprehensive income 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 
$  261,575 

2018 
$  234,461 

2020 
$  366,738 

5,210 

2,295 

(4,945) 

(8,870) 
(3,660) 
$  363,078 

(1,657) 
638 
$  262,213 

1,276 
(3,669) 
$  230,792 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements.


50


 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
POOL CORPORATION 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(In thousands, except share data) 

Assets 
Current assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables, net 
Receivables pledged under receivables facility 
Product inventories, net 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Total current assets 

Property and equipment, net 
Goodwill 
Other intangible assets, net 
Equity interest investments 
Operating lease assets 
Other assets 
Total assets 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity 
Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 

Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt 

Current operating lease liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Deferred income taxes 
Long-term debt, net 
Other long-term liabilities 
Non-current operating lease liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Stockholders’ equity: 

Common stock, $0.001 par value;  100,000,000 shares authorized; 
40,232,210 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 
40,074,160 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 
Additional paid-in capital 
Retained earnings (deficit) 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total stockholders’ equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

December 31, 

2020 

2019 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

34,128 
122,252 
166,948 
780,989 
17,610 
1,121,927 

108,241 
268,167 
12,181 
1,292 
205,875 
21,987 
1,739,670 

266,753 
143,694 

11,869 

60,933 
483,249 

27,653 
404,149 
38,261 
146,888 
1,100,200 

40 
519,579 
133,870 

(14,019) 
639,470 
1,739,670 

$ 

$ 

28,583 
76,648 
149,891 
702,274 
16,172 
973,568 

112,246 
188,596 
11,038 
1,227 
176,689 
19,902 
1,483,266 

261,963 
60,813 

11,745 

56,325 
390,846 

32,598 
499,662 
27,970 
122,010 
1,073,086 

40 
485,239 
(64,740) 

(10,359) 
410,180 
1,483,266 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


51


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
POOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands) 

Operating activities 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation 
Amortization 
Share-based compensation 
Provision for doubtful accounts receivable, net of write-offs 
Provision for inventory obsolescence, net of write-offs 
(Benefit) provision for deferred income taxes 
Losses (gains) on sales of property and equipment 
Equity earnings in unconsolidated investments, net 
Net losses on foreign currency transactions 
Impairment of goodwill and other assets 
Other 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions: 

Receivables 
Product inventories 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 
Accounts payable 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Investing activities 
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired 
Purchases of property and equipment, net of sale proceeds 
Net cash used in investing activities 

Financing activities 
Proceeds from revolving line of credit 
Payments on revolving line of credit 
Proceeds from asset-backed financing 
Payments on asset-backed financing 
Proceeds from term facility 
Payments on term facility 
Proceeds from short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt 
Payments on short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt 
Payments of deferred financing costs 
Payments on deferred and contingent acquisition consideration 
Proceeds from stock issued under share-based compensation plans 
Payments of cash dividends 
Purchases of treasury stock 
Net cash used in financing activities 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 
Change in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 

2018 

2020 

$ 

366,738 

$ 

261,575 

$ 

234,461 

27,967 
1,431 
14,516 
(664) 
2,362 
(2,542) 	
38 
(295) 
1,748 
6,944 
410 

(38,688) 
(42,447) 
(13,744) 
(9,212) 
83,019 
397,581 

(124,587) 
(21,702) 
(146,289) 

27,885 
1,389 
13,472 
(710) 
1,310 
3,723 
(85) 
(262) 
1,347 
— 
3,313 

(15,691) 
(14,165) 
(4,218) 
16,860 
3,033 
298,776 

(8,901) 
(33,362) 
(42,263) 

1,053,968 
(1,145,616) 
326,700 
(321,700) 
— 
(9,250) 
13,822 
(13,698) 
(12) 
(281) 
19,824 
(91,929) 
(76,199) 
(244,371) 
(1,376) 
5,545 
28,583 
34,128 

$ 

1,066,529 
(1,415,988) 
189,000 
(182,500) 
185,000 
— 
30,863 
(28,286) 
(406) 
(312) 
18,574 
(83,772) 
(23,188) 
(244,486) 
198 
12,225 
16,358 
28,583 

$ 

$ 

26,122 
1,793 
12,874 
2,286 
1,462 
4,661 
(289) 
(242) 
560 
— 
808 

(14,371) 
(142,170) 
1,018 
(6,567) 
(3,750) 
118,656 

(2,578) 
(31,580) 
(34,158) 

1,138,195 
(998,503) 
198,400 
(189,900) 
— 
— 
17,127 
(18,793) 
(106) 
(661) 
13,569 
(69,430) 
(187,469) 
(97,571) 
(509) 
(13,582) 
29,940 
16,358 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements. 

52


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
POOL CORPORATION

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 

(In thousands) 

Common Stock 

Additional 
Paid-In 

Retained 
Earnings 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 

Shares 

Amount 

Capital 

(Deficit)

Loss 

Total 

Balance at December 31, 2017 

40,212  $ 

40  $  426,750  $  (196,316)  $ 

(7,328)  $ 

Net income 

Foreign currency translation 
Interest rate swaps, net of the change 

in taxes of $(425) 

Repurchases of common stock, net of 

retirements 

Share-based compensation 
Issuance of stock under share-based 

compensation plans 

Declaration of cash dividends 

— 

— 

— 

(1,291) 

— 

585 

— 

Balance at December 31, 2018 

39,506 

Net income 

Foreign currency translation 
Interest rate swaps, net of the change 

in taxes of $552 

Repurchases of common stock, net of 

retirements 

Share-based compensation 

Adoption of ASU 2016-02 
Issuance of stock under share-based 

compensation plans 

Declaration of cash dividends 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Net income 

Foreign currency translation 
Interest rate swaps, net of the change 

in taxes of $2,957 

Repurchases of common stock, net of 

retirements 

Share-based compensation 
Issuance of stock under share-based 

compensation plans 

— 

— 

— 

(155) 

— 

— 

723 

— 
40,074 

— 

— 

— 

(401) 

— 

559 

Declaration of cash dividends 
Balance at December 31, 2020 

— 
40,232  $ 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

40 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
40 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

12,874 

13,569 

234,461 

— 

— 

(187,469) 

— 

— 

— 

(69,322) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

13,472 

— 

18,574 

— 
485,239 

— 

— 

— 

— 

14,516 

19,824 

261,575 

— 

— 

(23,188) 

— 

(709) 

— 

(83,772) 
(64,740) 

366,738 

— 

— 

(76,199) 

— 

— 

— 
40  $  519,579  $  133,870  $ 

(91,929) 

— 

— 

(4,945) 

223,146 

234,461 

(4,945) 

1,276 

1,276 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,295 

(187,469) 

12,874 

13,569 

(69,322) 

223,590 

261,575 

2,295 

(1,657) 

(1,657) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
(10,359) 

— 

5,210 

(23,188) 

13,472 

(709) 

18,574 

(83,772) 
410,180 

366,738 

5,210 

(8,870) 

(8,870) 

— 

— 

— 

— 
(14,019)  $ 

(76,199) 

14,516 

19,824 

(91,929) 
639,470 

453,193 

(218,646) 

(10,997) 

The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.


53


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
	
	
POOL CORPORATION

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Note 1 - Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Description of Business 

As of December 31, 2020, Pool Corporation and our subsidiaries (the Company, which may be referred to as we, us or our) 
operated 398 sales centers in North America, Europe and Australia from which we sell swimming pool supplies, equipment and 
related leisure products, irrigation and landscape products and hardscape, tile and stone products to pool builders, retail stores, 
service  companies,  landscape  contractors  and  golf  courses.  We  distribute  products  through  four  networks:  SCP  Distributors 
(SCP), Superior Pool Products (Superior), Horizon Distributors (Horizon) and National Pool Tile (NPT). 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation 

We prepared the Consolidated Financial Statements following U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and the 
requirements  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC).  The  financial  statements  include  all  normal  and  recurring 
adjustments that are necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results.  The Consolidated Financial 
Statements  include  the  accounts  of  Pool  Corporation  and  our  subsidiaries.  All  of  our  subsidiaries  are  wholly  owned.  All 
significant intercompany accounts and intercompany transactions have been eliminated. 

Use of Estimates 

To prepare financial statements that conform to GAAP, we make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in 
our financial statements and accompanying notes.  Our most significant estimates relate to the allowance for doubtful accounts, 
inventory  obsolescence  reserves,  vendor  programs,  income  taxes,  performance-based  compensation  accruals  and  goodwill 
impairment evaluations.  We continually review our estimates and make adjustments as necessary, but actual results could be 
significantly different from what we expected when we made these estimates. 

Newly Adopted Accounting Pronouncements 

On January 1, 2020, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 
326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, and all related amendments, which are codified into Accounting 
Standards  Codification  (ASC)  326,  using  the  cumulative-effect  transition  method  related  to  our  trade  receivables.  This  new 
standard changes the way companies evaluate credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments.  For trade 
and other receivables, held-to-maturity debt securities, loans and other instruments, entities are required to use a new forward-
looking “expected loss” model to evaluate impairment, potentially resulting in earlier recognition of allowances for losses.  The 
new  standard  also  requires  enhanced  disclosures,  including  the  requirement  to  disclose  the  information  used  to  track  credit 
quality by year of origination for most financing receivables.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on 
our financial position or results of operations, and we do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material effect on 
our results of operations in future periods.  As the impact from adoption was not material, we did not recognize an adjustment 
to the beginning balance of retained earnings. 

We adopted ASU 2017-04, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, for 
our interim impairment tests performed in the period ended March 31, 2020.  This new standard eliminated the requirement to 
calculate the implied fair value of goodwill to measure a goodwill impairment charge (commonly referred to as Step 2 under the 
previous  guidance).  Rather,  the  measurement  of  a  goodwill  impairment  charge  is  based  on  the  excess  of  a  reporting  unit’s 
carrying value over its fair value (Step 1 under the previous guidance).  The impact of the new standard is dependent on the 
specific facts and circumstances of individual impairments, if any.  The adoption of this guidance did not impact our results of 
operations, statement of financial position or cash flows. 

On January 1, 2020, we adopted ASU 2018-15, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): 
Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, on a 
prospective  basis.  This  new  standard  aligns  the  requirements  for  capitalizing  implementation  costs  incurred  in  a  hosting 
arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain 
internal-use software and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license.  The adoption of this guidance did 
not materially impact our results of operations, statement of financial position or cash flows. 

54


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
On January 1, 2019, we adopted ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), and all the related amendments, which are codified into 
ASC 842.  The adoption of ASU 2016-02 significantly increased assets and liabilities on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as we 
recorded a right-of-use asset and corresponding liability for each of our existing operating leases.  We adopted this guidance 
using the modified retrospective approach by recognizing a cumulative adjustment to retained earnings on the adoption date, 
which  was  not  material.  Additionally,  we  elected  to  apply  the  practical  expedient  that  allows  us  to  exclude  comparative 
presentation; thus, we did not restate our prior period balance sheet to reflect the new guidance. 

We  recorded  operating  lease  assets  of  approximately  $175.7  million  and  operating  lease  liabilities  of  approximately  $181.6 
million as of January 1, 2019.  To calculate the present value of our lease liabilities, we used the incremental borrowing rate on 
December 31, 2018, for operating leases that commenced prior to that date.  The difference between the operating lease assets 
and  operating  lease  liabilities  primarily  represents  our  straight-line  rent  liability  of  $5.1  million  recorded  under  previous 
accounting guidance.  Under ASU 2016-02, this liability is considered a reduction of the operating lease asset.  We recorded the 
remaining  difference  between  our  operating  lease  assets  and  operating  lease  liabilities,  net  of  the  deferred  tax  impact,  as  an 
adjustment  to  our  retained  deficit.  Additionally,  we  reclassified  prepaid  rent  of  $4.9  million  as  of  January  1,  2019  to  our 
operating lease asset resulting in a balance of $180.6 million as of the adoption date.  The adoption of this guidance did not 
materially impact our results of operations or cash flows.  For additional information regarding our adoption of this guidance, 
see Note 9. 

On January 1, 2019, we adopted ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), Targeted Improvements to Accounting 
for Hedging Activities.  The new guidance eliminated the requirement to separately measure and report hedge ineffectiveness.  
For qualifying cash flow and net investment hedges, the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument will be recorded in 
Other  Comprehensive  Income  (OCI),  and  amounts  deferred  in  OCI  will  be  reclassified  to  earnings  in  the  same  income 
statement line item that is used to present the earnings effect of the hedged item.  The adoption of this standard did not have a 
material impact on our financial position and we do not expect a material impact in future periods. 

Segment Reporting 

Since all of our sales centers have similar operations and share similar economic characteristics, we aggregate our sales centers 
into  a  single  reportable  segment.  These  similarities  include  (i)  the  nature  of  our  products  and  services,  (ii)  the  types  of 
customers we sell to and (iii) the distribution methods we use.  Our chief operating  decision maker (CODM) evaluates each 
sales center based on individual performance that includes both financial and operational measures.  These measures include 
operating income growth and accounts receivable and inventory management criteria.  Each sales center manager and eligible 
field employee earns performance-based compensation based on these measures developed at the sales center level.  

A  bottom-up  approach  is  used  to  develop  the  operating  budget  for  each  individual  sales  center.  The  CODM  approves  the 
budget  and  routinely  monitors  budget  to  actual  results  for  each  sales  center.  Additionally,  our  CODM  makes  resource 
allocation  decisions  primarily  on  a  sales  center-by-sales  center  basis.  No  single  sales  center  meets  any  of  the  quantitative 
thresholds (10% of revenues, profit or assets) for separately reporting information about an operating segment.  We do not track 
sales by product lines and product categories on a consolidated basis.  We lack readily available financial information due to the 
number of our product lines and product categories and the fact that we make ongoing changes to product classifications within 
these groups, thus making it impracticable to report our sales by product category. 

Seasonality and Weather 

Our business is highly seasonal and weather is one of the principal external factors affecting our business.  In general, sales and 
net income are highest during the second and third quarters, which represent the peak months of swimming pool use, pool and 
irrigation installation and remodeling and repair activities.  Sales are substantially lower during the first and fourth quarters. 

Revenue Recognition 

Under ASC 606, we recognize a sale when a customer obtains control of the product, and we record the amount that reflects the 
consideration we expect to receive in exchange for such product.  We recognize a sale when a customer picks up product at any 
sales center, when we deliver product to their premises or job sites via our trucks or when we present the product to a third-
party carrier.  For bill and hold sales, we determine when the customer obtains control of the product on a case-by-case basis to 
determine the amount of revenue to recognize each period. 

55


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
We consider our distribution of products to represent one reportable revenue stream.  Our products are similar in nature, and our 
revenue  recognition  policy  is  the  same  across  our  distribution  networks.  Our  customers  share  similar  characteristics  and 
purchase products across all categories.  We recognize revenue when our customers take control of our products.  We include 
shipping and handling fees billed to customers as freight out income within net sales.  

We  measure  revenue  as  the  amount  of  consideration  we  expect  to  receive  in  exchange  for  transferring  our  products.  
Consideration may vary due to volume incentives and expected customer returns.  We offer volume incentives to some of our 
customers and account for these incentives as a reduction of sales.  We estimate the amount of volume incentives earned based 
on our estimate of cumulative sales for the fiscal year relative to our customers’ progress toward achieving minimum purchase 
requirements.  We  record  customer  returns,  including  those  associated  with  customer  early  buy  programs,  as  a  reduction  of 
sales.  Based on available information related to our customers’ returns, we record an allowance for estimated returns, which 
historically has not been material.  We regularly review our marketing programs, coupons and customary business practices to 
determine if any variable consideration exists under ASC 606.  Other items that we record as reductions to sales include cash 
discounts, pricing adjustments and credit card fees related to customer payments.  

The  majority  of  our  sales  transactions  do  not  contain  additional  performance  obligations  after  delivery;  therefore,  we  do  not 
have multiple performance obligations for which to allocate the transaction price.  We recognize shipping and handling costs 
associated with outbound freight in selling and administrative expenses.  

We  report  sales  net  of  tax  amounts  that  we  collect  from  our  customers  and  remit  to  governmental  authorities.  These  tax 
amounts may include, but are not limited to, sales, use, value-added and some excise taxes. 

Vendor Programs 

Many of our arrangements with our vendors provide for us to receive specified amounts of consideration when we achieve any 
of a number of measures.  These measures are generally related to the volume level of purchases from our vendors, or our net 
cost of products sold, and may include negotiated pricing arrangements.  We account for vendor programs as a reduction of the 
prices of the vendors’ products and as a reduction of inventory until we sell the products, at which time such considerations are 
recognized as a reduction of Cost of sales on our Consolidated Statements of Income. 

Throughout the year, we estimate the amount earned based on our expectation of total purchases for the fiscal year relative to 
the purchase levels that mark our progress toward earning each program.  We accrue vendor benefits on a monthly basis using 
these estimates, provided that we determine they are probable and reasonably estimable.  We continually revise these estimates 
to reflect actual credits earned based on actual purchase levels and trends related to sales and purchasing mix.  When we make 
adjustments to our estimates, we determine whether any portion of the adjustment impacts the amount of vendor credits that are 
deferred in inventory.  We recognize changes in our estimates as a cumulative catch-up adjustment to the amounts recognized 
to date in our Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Shipping and Handling Costs 

We record shipping and handling costs associated with inbound freight as cost of sales.  The table below presents shipping and 
handling costs associated with outbound freight, which we include in selling and administrative expenses (in thousands): 

2020 

2019 

2018


$ 

59,224 

$ 

51,580 

$ 

48,610 


Share-Based Compensation 

We  record  share-based  compensation  for  stock  options  and  other  share-based  awards  based  on  the  estimated  fair  value  as 
measured on the grant date.  For stock option awards, we use a Black-Scholes model for estimating the grant date fair value.  
For additional discussion of share-based compensation, see Note 6. 

56


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Advertising Costs 

We   expense   advertising  costs  when  incurred.    The   table   below  presents  advertising  expense   for  the   past   three   years 
(in thousands): 

Income Taxes 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

6,755 

$ 

7,842 

$ 

7,390 

We reduce federal and state income taxes payable by the tax benefits associated with the exercise of nonqualified stock options 
and the lapse of restrictions on restricted stock awards.  To the extent realized tax deductions exceed the amount of previously 
recognized deferred tax benefits related to share-based compensation, we record an excess tax benefit.  We record all excess tax 
benefits  as  a  component  of  income  tax  benefit  or  expense  in  the  income  statement  in  the  period  in  which  stock  options  are 
exercised or restrictions on stock awards lapse. 

We record Global Intangible Low Tax Income (GILTI) on foreign earnings as period costs if and when incurred, although we 
have not realized any impacts since the enactment of U.S. tax reform enacted in December 2017. 

For additional information regarding income taxes, see Note 7. 

Equity Method Investments 

We  account  for  our  50%  investment  in  Northpark  Corporate  Center,  LLC  (NCC)  using  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  
Accordingly, we report our share of income or loss based on our ownership interest in this investment. 

Earnings Per Share 

We  calculate  basic  earnings  per  share  (EPS)  by  dividing  Net  income  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares 
outstanding.  Diluted EPS reflects the dilutive effects of potentially dilutive securities, which include in-the-money outstanding 
stock options and shares to be purchased under our employee stock purchase plan.  Using the treasury stock method, the effect 
of  dilutive  securities  includes  these  additional  shares  of  common  stock  that  would  have  been  outstanding  based  on  the 
assumption  that  these  potentially  dilutive  securities  had  been  issued.  For  additional  discussion  of  earnings  per  share,  see 
Note 8. 

Foreign Currency 

The functional currency of each of our foreign subsidiaries is its applicable local currency.  We translate our foreign subsidiary 
financial  statements  into  U.S.  dollars  based  on  published  exchange  rates.  We  include  these  translation  adjustments  as  a 
component  of  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  on  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets.  We  include  realized 
transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations in Interest and other non-operating expenses, net on the 
Consolidated Statements of Income.  We realized net foreign currency transaction losses of $1.7 million in 2020, $1.3 million 
in 2019 and $0.6 million in 2018.  In 2019, our net foreign currency transaction loss included a $0.9 million reclassification 
from Accumulated other comprehensive loss related to the closing of our sales center in Colombia.  

57


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Fair Value Measurements 


Our  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  include  the  unrealized  gains  or  losses  on  our 
interest  rate  swap  contracts  and  contingent  consideration  related  to  recent  acquisitions.  The  three  levels  of  the  fair  value 
hierarchy under the accounting guidance are described below: 

Level 1  Inputs to the valuation methodology are unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active 

markets. 

Level 2  Inputs to the valuation methodology include: 

•	
•
•
•

quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; 
quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets; 
inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability; or 
inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by 
correlation or other means. 

Level 3  Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. 

Recurring Fair Value Measurements 

The table below presents the estimated fair values of our interest rate swap contracts, our forward-starting interest rate swap 
contracts and our contingent consideration liabilities (in thousands): 

Fair Value at December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Level 2 

Unrealized gains on interest rate swaps 

$ 

223 

$ 

Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps 

12,314 

655 

919 

Level 3 

Contingent consideration liabilities 

$ 

1,343 

$ 

703 

We include unrealized gains in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and unrealized losses in Accrued expenses and other 
current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  As of December 31, 2020, our Consolidated Balance Sheets reflect $0.3 
million in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and $1.0 million in Other long-term liabilities related to our estimates 
for contingent consideration payouts. 

The  carrying  values  of  cash,  receivables,  accounts  payable  and  accrued  liabilities  approximate  fair  value  due  to  the  short 
maturity of those instruments (Level 1 inputs). 

For  determining  the  fair  value  of  our  interest  rate  swap  and  forward-starting  interest  rate  swap  contracts,  we  use  significant 
other observable market data or assumptions (Level 2 inputs) that we believe market participants would use in pricing similar 
assets or liabilities, including assumptions about counterparty risk.  Our fair value estimates reflect an income approach based 
on the terms of the interest rate swap contracts and inputs corroborated by observable market data including interest rate curves. 

The carrying value of long-term debt approximates fair value (Level 3 inputs).  Our determination of the estimated fair value 
reflects a discounted cash flow model using our estimates, including assumptions related to borrowing rates (Level 3 inputs). 

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements 

In  addition  to  our  assets  and  liabilities  that  we  measure  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis,  our  assets  and  liabilities  are  also 
subject to nonrecurring fair value measurements.  Generally, our assets are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a 
result of impairment charges.  

58


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
In the first quarter of 2020, we recorded impairment charges of $6.9 million, which included non-cash goodwill and intangibles 
impairment charges of $4.4 million, equal to the total goodwill and intangibles carrying amounts of our Australian reporting 
units,  and  $2.5  million  from  a  long-term  note,  as  collectability  was  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  For  additional 
discussion of goodwill and intangibles impairment, see Note 3. 

Derivatives and Hedging Activities 

At inception, we formally designate and document our interest rate swap contracts that qualify for hedge accounting as cash 
flow  hedges  of  interest  payments  on  variable  rate  borrowings.  We  formally  assess,  both  at  inception  and  at  least  quarterly, 
whether the financial instruments used in hedging transactions are effective at offsetting changes in cash flows of the related 
underlying exposure.  To the extent our derivatives are effective in offsetting the variability of the hedged cash flows, we record 
the changes in the estimated fair value of our interest rate swap contracts to Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on 
the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

Our  interest  rate  swap  contracts  and  forward-starting  interest  rate  swap  contracts  are  subject  to  master  netting  arrangements.  
According to our accounting policy, we do not offset the fair values of assets with the fair values of liabilities related to these 
contracts. 

We recognize any differences between the variable interest rate in effect and the fixed interest rate per our swap contracts as an 
adjustment to interest expense over the life of the swaps.    

For  our  interest  rate  swap  contracts  currently  in  effect,  a  portion  of  the  change  in  the  estimated  fair  value  between  periods 
relates  to  future  interest  expense.  Recognition  of  the  change  in  fair  value  between  periods  attributable  to  accrued  interest  is 
reclassified  from  Accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (loss)  to  Interest  and  other  non-operating  expenses,  net  on  the 
Consolidated Statements of Income.  These amounts were not material in any period presented.  For additional discussion of 
our interest rate swaps, see Note 5.  

Cash Equivalents 

We  consider  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  an  original  maturity  of  three  months  or  less  when  purchased  to  be  cash 
equivalents. 

Credit Risk and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

We record trade receivables at the invoiced amounts less an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses we may incur 
if customers do not pay.  We perform periodic credit evaluations of our customers and we typically do not require collateral.  
Consistent with industry practices, we generally require payment from our North American customers within 30 days, except 
for sales under early buy programs for which we provide extended payment terms to qualified customers. 

Management  estimates  future  losses  based  on  historical  bad  debts,  customer  receivable  balances,  age  of  customer  receivable 
balances, customers’ financial conditions and current and forecasted economic trends, including certain trends in the housing 
market,  the  availability  of  consumer  credit  and  general  economic  conditions  (as  commonly  measured  by  Gross  Domestic 
Product  or  GDP).  We  monitor  housing  market  trends  through  review  of  the  House  Price  Index  as  published  by  the  Federal 
Housing Finance Agency, which measures the movement of single-family house prices.  At the end of each quarter, we perform 
a reserve analysis of all accounts with balances greater than $20,000 that are more than 60 days past due.  During the year, we 
write  off  account  balances  when  we  have  exhausted  reasonable  collection  efforts  and  determined  that  the  likelihood  of 
collection is remote.  These write-offs are charged against our allowance for doubtful accounts. 

The following table summarizes the changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts for the past three years (in thousands): 

Balance at beginning of year 

Bad debt expense 
Write-offs, net of recoveries 

Balance at end of year 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

$ 

5,472 
1,900 
(2,564) 
4,808 

$ 

$ 

6,182 
2,768 
(3,478) 
5,472 

$ 

$ 

3,897 
4,164 
(1,879) 
6,182 

59


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Product Inventories and Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence


Product inventories consist primarily of goods we purchase from manufacturers to sell to our customers.  We record inventory 
at the lower of cost, using the average cost method, or net realizable value.  We establish our reserve for inventory obsolescence 
based  on  inventory  turns  by  class  with  particular  emphasis  on  stock  keeping  units  with  the  weakest  sales  over  the  expected 
sellable period, which is the previous 12 months for most products.  The reserve is intended to reflect the net realizable value of 
inventory that we may not be able to sell at a profit. 

In evaluating the adequacy of our reserve for inventory obsolescence, we consider a combination of factors including: 

•	

•	
•	
•	
•	

the level of inventory in relation to historical sales by product, including inventory usage by classification based on 
product sales at both the sales center and on a company-wide basis; 
changes in customer preferences or regulatory requirements; 
seasonal fluctuations in inventory levels; 
geographic location; and 
superseded products and new product offerings. 

We periodically adjust our reserve for inventory obsolescence as changes occur in the above-identified factors. 

The following table summarizes the changes in our reserve for inventory obsolescence for the past three years (in thousands): 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Balance at beginning of year 

$ 

Provision for inventory write-downs 

Deduction for inventory write-offs 

$ 

9,036 

6,181 

(3,819) 

$ 

7,726 

3,656 

(2,346) 

Balance at end of year	

$ 

11,398 

$ 

9,036 

$ 

6,264 

3,998 

(2,536) 

7,726 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are stated at cost.  We depreciate property and equipment on a straight-line basis over the following 
estimated useful lives: 

Buildings 
Leasehold improvements (1) 
Autos and trucks 
Machinery and equipment 
Computer equipment 
Furniture and fixtures 

40 years 

1 - 10 years 
3 - 6 years 
3 - 15 years 
3 - 7 years 
5 - 10 years 

(1)	

	 For substantial improvements made near the end of a lease term where we are reasonably certain the lease will be 

renewed, we amortize the leasehold improvement over the remaining life of the lease including the expected renewal 
period. 

The table below presents depreciation expense for the past three years (in thousands): 

2020 

2019 

2018


$ 

27,967 

$ 

27,885 

$ 

26,122 


Acquisitions 

We  use  the  acquisition  method  of  accounting  and  recognize  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed  at  fair  value  as  of  the 
acquisition date.  Any contingent assets acquired and contingent liabilities assumed are also recognized at fair value if we can 
reasonably estimate fair value during the measurement period (which cannot exceed one year from the acquisition date).  We 
re-measure any contingent liabilities at fair value in each subsequent reporting period.  We expense all acquisition-related costs 
as incurred, including any restructuring costs associated with a business combination. 

60


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
If our initial acquisition accounting is incomplete by the end of the reporting period in which a business combination occurs, we 
report  provisional  amounts  for  incomplete  items.  Once  we  obtain  information  required  to  finalize  the  accounting  for 
incomplete items, we adjust the provisional amounts recognized.  We make adjustments to these provisional amounts during the 
measurement period. 

For all acquisitions, we include the results of  operations in  our Consolidated  Financial Statements as of the acquisition date.  
For additional discussion of acquisitions, see Note 2. 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill represents the excess of the amount we paid to acquire a company over the estimated fair value of tangible assets and 
identifiable intangible assets acquired, less liabilities assumed.  We test goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets for 
impairment annually as of October 1st and at any other time when impairment indicators exist. 

We  estimate  fair  value  based  on  an  income  approach  that  incorporates  our  assumptions  for  determining  the  present  value  of 
future cash flows.  We project future cash flows using management’s assumptions for sales growth rates, operating margins, 
discount  rates  and  multiples.  These  assumptions  are  considered  unobservable  inputs  (Level  3  inputs  as  defined  in  the 
accounting guidance).  To the extent the carrying value of a reporting unit is greater than its estimated fair value, we record a 
goodwill impairment charge for the difference, up to the carrying value of the goodwill.  We recognize any impairment loss in 
operating income.  Since we define an operating segment as an individual sales center and we do not have operations below the 
sales center level, our reporting unit is an individual sales center.  For additional discussion of goodwill and other intangible 
assets, see Note 3. 

Receivables Securitization Facility 

Our accounts receivable securitization facility (the Receivables Facility) provides for the sale of certain of our receivables to a 
wholly owned subsidiary (the Securitization Subsidiary).  The Securitization Subsidiary transfers variable undivided percentage 
interests in the receivables and related rights to certain third-party financial institutions in exchange for cash proceeds, limited 
to the applicable funding capacities.  

We account for the sale of the receivable interests as a secured borrowing on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  The receivables 
subject  to  the  agreement  collateralize  the  cash  proceeds  received  from  the  third-party  financial  institutions.  We  classify  the 
entire outstanding balance as Long-term debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we intend and have the ability to refinance 
the obligations on a long-term basis.  We present the receivables that collateralize the cash proceeds separately as Receivables 
pledged under receivables facility on our Consolidated Balance Sheets.  For additional discussion of the Receivables Facility, 
see Note 5. 

Self-Insurance 

We  are  self-insured  for  employee  health  benefits,  workers’  compensation  coverage,  property  and  casualty,  and  automobile 
insurance.  To  limit  our  exposure,  we  also  maintain  excess  and  aggregate  liability  coverage.  We  establish  self-insurance 
reserves  based  on  estimates  of  claims  incurred  but  not  reported  and  information  that  we  obtain  from  third-party  service 
providers  regarding  known  claims.  Our  management  reviews  these  reserves  based  on  consideration  of  various  factors, 
including but not limited to the age of existing claims, estimated settlement amounts and other historical claims data. 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss 

The table below presents the components of our Accumulated other comprehensive loss balance (in thousands):

Foreign currency translation adjustments 
Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps, net of tax 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

 December 31, 

2020 

2019 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(4,917) 
(9,102) 

(14,019) 

$ 

(10,127) 
(232) 

(10,359) 

61


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Retained Earnings 


We  account  for  the  retirement  of  treasury  share  repurchases  as  an  increase  of  our  Retained  earnings  (deficit)  on  our 
Consolidated Balance Sheets.  As of December 31, 2020, the retained earnings reflects cumulative net income, the cumulative 
impact of adjustments for changes in accounting pronouncements, treasury share retirements since the inception of our share 
repurchase programs of $1.5 billion and cumulative dividends of $670.8 million. 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information 

The  following  table  presents  supplemental  disclosures  to  the  accompanying  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  (in 
thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 

2018 

2020 

Cash paid during the year for: 

Interest 
Income taxes, net of refunds 

$ 

8,257 
81,792 

$ 

20,960 
51,076 

$ 

17,796 
50,091 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Pending Adoption 

The following table summarizes the remaining recent accounting pronouncements that we plan to adopt in future periods: 

Standard 
ASU 2019-12, Income 
Taxes (Topic 740), 
Simplifying the
Accounting for Income
Taxes 

ASU 2020-04, 
Reference Rate Reform 
(Topic 848), 
Facilitation of the 
Effects of Reference 
Rate Reform on 
Financial Reporting 

Description 

Simplifies the accounting for income taxes by 
eliminating certain exceptions related to the
approach for intraperiod tax allocation, the
methodology for calculating income taxes in an 
interim period and the recognition of deferred tax 
liabilities for outside basis differences.  Most 
amendments are required to be applied on a
prospective basis, while certain amendments must
be applied on a retrospective or modified 
retrospective basis. 

Provides temporary optional guidance to ease the 
potential burden in accounting for reference rate 
reform.  The new guidance provides optional 
expedients and exceptions for applying generally 
accepted accounting principles to transactions 
affected by reference rate reform if certain criteria  
are met.  These transactions include: contract  
modifications, hedging relationships, and sale or 
transfer of debt securities classified as held-to-
maturity.  Entities may apply the provisions of the 
new standard as of the beginning of the reporting 
period when the election is made. 

Effective Date 

Annual periods 
beginning after 
December 15, 2020 

Effect on Financial  
Statements and Other  
Significant Matters 
We do not expect that
there will be a material 
impact to the financial
statements as a result 
of adopting this ASU. 

The provisions of this 
update are only 
available until 
December 31, 2022, 
when the reference rate 
replacement activity is 
expected to be
completed. 

We are currently 
evaluating the effect
this standard will have 
on our financial 
position, results of 
operations and related 
disclosures. 

62


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Note 2 - Acquisitions


2020 Acquisitions 

In February 2020, we acquired the distribution assets of Master Tile Network LLC, a wholesale distributor of swimming pool 
tile and hardscape products, adding two locations in Texas, one location in Nevada and one location in Oklahoma. 

In  September  2020,  we  acquired  the  distribution  assets  of  Northeastern  Swimming  Pool  Distributors,  Inc.,  a  wholesale 
distributor of swimming pool equipment, chemicals and supplies, adding two locations in Ontario, Canada. 

In  October  2020,  we  acquired  Jet  Line  Products,  Inc.,  a  wholesale  distributor  of  swimming  pool  equipment,  chemicals  and 
supplies, adding three locations in New Jersey, three locations in New York, two locations in Texas and one location in Florida. 

In  December  2020,  we  acquired  TWC  Distributors,  Inc.,  a  wholesale  distributor  of  irrigation  and  landscape  maintenance 
products, adding nine locations in Florida and one in Georgia. 

We have completed our acquisition accounting for these acquisitions, subject to adjustments for standard holdback provisions 
per  the  terms  of  the  purchase  agreements,  which  are  not  material.  These  acquisitions  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
financial position or results of operations, either individually or in the aggregate. 

2019 Acquisitions 

In January 2019, we acquired the distribution assets of W.W. Adcock, Inc., a wholesale distributor of swimming pool products, 
equipment,  parts  and  supplies  adding  two  locations  in  Pennsylvania,  one  location  in  North  Carolina  and  one  location  in 
Virginia. 

We  have  completed  our  acquisition  accounting  for  this  acquisition.  This  acquisition  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  our 
financial position or results of operations. 

2018 Acquisitions 

In January 2018, we acquired the distribution assets of Tore Pty. Ltd. (doing business as Pool Power), a wholesale distributor of 
pool and hot tub equipment in South Australia, with one distribution center in Adelaide, Australia. 

In November 2018, we acquired the distribution assets of Turf & Garden, Inc., a wholesale distributor of irrigation products and 
landscape maintenance equipment, parts and supplies with three locations in Virginia and one location in North Carolina. 

We have completed our acquisition accounting for these acquisitions.  These acquisitions did not have a material impact on our 
financial position or results of operations, either individually or in the aggregate. 

63


 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
	
	
Note 3 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets


The table below presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and our accumulated impairment losses (in thousands):


Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2018 

$ 

Foreign currency translation adjustments 

Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2019 

Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2018 

Goodwill impairment 

Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2019 

198,351 
124 
198,475 

(9,879) 
— 
(9,879) 

Goodwill (net) at December 31, 2019 

$ 

188,596 

Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2019 

$ 

Acquired goodwill 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 

Goodwill (gross) at December 31, 2020 

Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2019 

Goodwill impairment 

Accumulated impairment losses at December 31, 2020 

198,475 
82,497 
584 
281,556 

(9,879) 
(3,510) 
(13,389) 

Goodwill (net) at December 31, 2020 

$ 

268,167 

The determination of our reporting units’ goodwill and intangibles fair values includes numerous assumptions that are subject 
to various risks and uncertainties.  The principal assumptions, all of which are considered Level 3 inputs, used in our cash flow 
analyses  consisted  of  changes  in  market  conditions,  forecasted  future  operating  results  (including  sales  growth  rates  and 
operating margins) and discount rates (including our weighted-average cost of capital). 

In the first quarter of 2020, we determined certain impairment triggers for our Australian reporting units had occurred due to the 
impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  expected  future  operating  cash  flows.  We  performed  interim  goodwill  impairment 
analyses,  which  included  discounted  cash  flow  analyses,  and  determined  that  the  estimated  fair  values  of  our  Australian 
reporting units no longer exceeded their carrying values.  In the period ended March 31, 2020, we recorded impairment equal to 
the total goodwill and intangibles carrying amounts of our five Australian reporting units, which included goodwill impairment 
of $3.5 million and intangibles impairment, related to the Pool Systems tradename and trademark, of $0.9 million.  We recorded 
these amounts in Impairment of goodwill and other assets on our Consolidated Statements of Income.  

In  October  2020  and  October  2019,  we  performed  our  annual  goodwill  impairment  test  and  did  not  record  any  goodwill 
impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level.  As  of  October  1,  2020,  we  had  226  reporting  units  with  allocated  goodwill 
balances.  The most significant goodwill balance for a reporting unit was $5.7 million and the average goodwill balance per 
reporting unit was $0.9 million.  

64


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
Other intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):


December 31,


2020 

2019 

Intangibles 
Gross 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Intangibles 
Net 

Intangibles 
Gross 

Accumulated 
Amortization 

Intangibles 
Net 

Weighted 
Average 
Useful  
Life 

$ 

8,400 

$ 

— 

$ 

8,400 

$ 

8,400 

$ 

— 

$ 

8,400 

Indefinite 

— 

— 

— 

990 

— 

990 

Indefinite 

1,500 

(962) 

538 

1,500 

(887) 

613 

20 

6,917 
— 

(3,674) 
— 

3,243 
— 

4,611 
470 

(3,576) 
(470) 

1,035 
— 

4.62 
5 

$ 

16,817 

$ 

(4,636)  $ 

12,181 

$ 

15,971 

$ 

(4,933)  $ 

11,038 


Horizon 
tradename 
Pool  
Systems 
tradename  
and 
trademarks 

National  
Pool Tile  
(NPT) 
tradename 

Non-
compete  
agreements 
Patents 

Total other 

intangibles 

The Horizon tradename has an indefinite useful life and is not subject to amortization.  However, we evaluate the useful life of 
this intangible asset and test for impairment annually.  The NPT tradename and our non-compete agreements have finite useful 
lives, and we amortize the estimated fair value of these agreements using the straight-line method over their respective useful 
lives.  We  have  not  identified  any  indicators  of  impairment  related  to  these  assets.  The  useful  lives  for  our  non-compete 
agreements are based on their contractual terms. 

Other intangible amortization expense was $1.0 million in both 2020 and 2019 and $1.1 million in 2018. 

The table below presents estimated amortization expense for other intangible assets for the next five years (in thousands): 

$ 

2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 

1,085 
895 
773 
470 
395 

65


 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Note 4 - Details of Certain Balance Sheet Accounts


The table below presents additional information regarding certain balance sheet accounts (in thousands):


Receivables, net: 
Trade accounts

Vendor programs

Other, net

Total receivables

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts


Receivables, net 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets: 

Prepaid expenses 
Other current assets 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets 

Property and equipment, net: 

Land

Buildings

Leasehold improvements

Autos and trucks

Machinery and equipment

Computer equipment

Furniture and fixtures

Fixed assets in progress

Total property and equipment

Less: Accumulated depreciation


Property and equipment, net 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities: 

Salaries and payroll deductions

Performance-based compensation

Taxes payable

Unrealized losses on interest rate swaps

Other current liabilities


$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities 

$ 

December 31,


2020 

2019 

33,553 
90,988 
2,519 
127,060 

(4,808) 
122,252 

16,401 
1,209 
17,610 

3,608 
7,348 
54,300 
95,667 
73,353 
29,935 
9,448 
4,608 
278,267 
(170,026) 
108,241 

24,930 
59,897 
20,676 
12,314 
25,877 
143,694 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

18,455 
59,228 
4,437 
82,120 

(5,472) 
76,648 

14,568 
1,604 
16,172 

3,608 
7,132 
50,165 
89,052 
69,027 
43,001 
9,886 
1,761 
273,632 
(161,386) 
112,246 

13,688 
22,907 
9,814 
919 
13,485 
60,813 

66


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Note 5 - Debt


The table below presents the components of our debt (in thousands): 

Variable rate debt 
Short-term borrowings 
Current portion of long-term debt: 

Australian credit facility 

Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt 

Long-term portion: 

Revolving credit facility 	
Term facility	
Receivables securitization facility 	
Less:  financing costs, net 

Long-term debt, net 
Total debt 

December 31, 

2020 

2019 

$ 

— 

$ 

1,647 

11,869 
11,869 

10,098 
11,745 

109,024 
175,750 
120,000 
625 
404,149 
416,018 

$ 

200,673 
185,000 
115,000 
1,011 
499,662 
511,407 

$ 

Revolving Credit Facility 

On  September  29,  2017,  we,  along  with  our  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  SCP  Distributors  Canada  Inc.,  as  the  Canadian 
Borrower, and SCP Pool B.V., as the Dutch Borrower, amended and restated our unsecured syndicated senior credit facility (the 
Credit  Facility).  The  Credit  Facility  borrowing  capacity  increased  to  $750.0  million  from  $465.0  million  under  a  five-year 
revolving  credit  facility.  We  also  extended  the  maturity  date  of  the  agreement  to  September  29,  2022.  As  amended  on 
November 7, 2019, SCP Pool B.V. was removed as the Dutch Borrower and replaced with SCP International, Inc. as the Euro 
Borrower. 

The Credit Facility includes sublimits for the issuance of swingline loans and standby letters of credit.  Pursuant to an accordion 
feature, the aggregate maximum principal amount of the commitments under the Credit Facility may be increased at our request 
and with agreement by the lenders by up to $75.0 million, to a total of $825.0 million.  

Our  obligations  under  the  Credit  Facility  are  guaranteed  by  substantially  all  of  our  existing  and  future  direct  and  indirect 
domestic subsidiaries.  The Credit Facility contains terms and provisions (including representations, covenants and conditions) 
and events of default customary for transactions of this type.  If we default under the Credit Facility, the lenders may terminate 
their commitments under the Credit Facility and may require us to repay all amounts. 

At  December  31,  2020,  there  was  $109.0  million  outstanding,  a  $4.8  million  standby  letter  of  credit  outstanding  and  $636.2 
million available for borrowing under the Credit Facility.  The weighted average effective interest rate for the Credit Facility as 
of December 31, 2020 was approximately 1.2%, excluding commitment fees. 

Revolving borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest, at our option, at either of the following and, in each case, plus an 
applicable margin: 

a.	

a base rate, which is the highest of (i) the Wells Fargo Bank, National Association prime rate, (ii) the Federal Funds 
Rate plus 0.500% and (iii) the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) Market Index Rate plus 1.000%; or 

b.	

	 LIBOR. 

Borrowings by the Canadian Borrower bear interest, at the Canadian Borrower’s option, at either of the following and, in each 
case, plus an applicable margin: 

a.	

a base rate, which is the greatest of (i) the Canadian Reference Bank prime rate and (ii) the annual rate of interest equal 
to the sum of the Canadian Dealer Offered Rate (CDOR) plus 1.000%; or 

b.	

	 CDOR. 

67


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
Borrowings by the Euro Borrower bear interest at LIBOR plus an applicable margin. 

The interest rate margins on the borrowings and letters of credit are based on our leverage ratio and will range from 1.025% to 
1.425%  on  CDOR,  LIBOR  and  swingline  loans,  and  from  0.025%  to  0.425%  on  Base  Rate  and  Canadian  Base  Rate 
loans.  Borrowings  under  the  swingline  loans  are  based  on  the  LIBOR  Market  Index  Rate  (LMIR)  plus  any  applicable 
margin.  We are also required to pay an annual facility fee ranging from 0.100% to 0.200%, depending on our leverage ratio. 

Term Facility 

On December 30, 2019, we along with certain of our subsidiaries entered into a $185.0 million term facility (the Term Facility) 
with Bank of America, N.A.  The Term Facility matures on December 30, 2026.  Proceeds from the Term Facility were used to 
pay  down  the  company's  revolving  credit  facility,  adding  capacity  for  future  share  repurchases,  acquisitions  and  growth-
oriented working capital expansion.  

The Term Facility is repaid in quarterly installments of 1.250% of the Term Facility on the last business day of each quarter 
beginning  in  the  first  quarter  of  2020.  We  classify  the  entire  outstanding  balance  as  Long-term  debt  on  our  Consolidated 
Balance Sheets as we intend and have the ability to refinance the obligations on a long-term basis.  The total of the quarterly 
payments will be equal to 33.75% of the Term Facility with the final principal repayment, equal to 66.25% of the Term Facility, 
due on the maturity date.  

Our  obligations  under  the  Term  Facility  are  guaranteed  by  substantially  all  of  our  existing  and  future  domestic  subsidiaries.  
The  Term  Facility  contains  terms  and  provisions  (including  representations,  covenants  and  conditions)  customary  for 
transactions of this type.  If we default under the Term Facility, the lenders may terminate their commitments under the Term 
Facility and may require us to repay all amounts. 

At December 31, 2020, the Term Facility had an outstanding balance of $175.8 million at a weighted average effective interest 
rate of 2.7%. 

Borrowings under the Term Facility bear interest, at our option, at either of the following and, in each case, plus an applicable 
margin: 

a.	

b.	

a  base  rate,  which  is  the  greatest  of  (i)  the  rate  per  annum  equal  to  the  weighted  average  of  the  rates  on  overnight 
federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of 
New York on the business day next succeeding such day plus one-half of one percent (0.50%), (ii) the rate of interest 
in  effect  for  such  day  as  publicly  announced  from  time  to  time  by  Bank  of  America  as  its  “prime  rate,”  or  (iii)  the 
Eurodollar Rate (defined below) plus one percent (1.00%); or 
the  Eurodollar  Rate,  which  is  the  rate  per  annum  equal  to  the  LIBOR  as  administered  by  the  ICE  Benchmark 
Administration  (or  any  successor  administrator),  as  published  on  the  applicable  Bloomberg  screen  page  with  a  term 
equivalent to the applicable interest period. 

The  interest  rate  margins  on  the  borrowings  are  based  on  our  leverage  ratio  and  will  range  from  1.125%  to  1.625%  on 
Eurodollar Rate borrowings and 0.125% to 0.625% on Base Rate borrowings. 

Receivables Securitization Facility 

On  November  1,  2019,  we  and  certain  of  our  subsidiaries  entered  into  an  amendment  of  our  two-year  accounts  receivable 
securitization facility (the Receivables Facility).  As amended, the Receivables Facility has a peak seasonal funding capacity of 
up to $295.0 million for the month of May, which includes an additional seasonal funding capacity that is available between 
March 1 and July 31.  Other funding capacities range from $120.0 million to $275.0 million throughout the remaining months 
of the year.  The Receivables Facility matures on November 1, 2021.  We classify the entire outstanding balance as Long-term 
debt on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as we intend and have the ability to refinance the obligations on a long-term basis. 

The  Receivables  Facility  provides  for  the  sale  of  certain  of  our  receivables  to  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  (the  Securitization 
Subsidiary).  The Securitization Subsidiary transfers variable undivided percentage interests in the receivables and related rights 
to certain third-party financial institutions in exchange for cash proceeds, limited to the applicable funding capacities.  Upon 
payment of the receivables by customers, rather than remitting to the financial institutions the amounts collected, we retain such 
collections as proceeds for the sale of new receivables until payments become due to the financial institutions.   

68


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
The  Receivables  Facility  is  subject  to  terms  and  conditions  (including  representations,  covenants  and  conditions  precedent) 
customary for transactions of this type.  Failure to maintain certain ratios or meet certain of these covenants could trigger an 
amortization event. 

At  December  31,  2020,  there  was  $120.0  million  outstanding  under  the  Receivables  Facility  at  a  weighted  average  effective 
interest rate of 0.9%, excluding commitment fees.  

Depending on the funding source used by the financial institutions to purchase the receivables, amounts outstanding under the 
Receivables Facility bear interest at one of the following and, in each case, plus an applicable margin of 0.75%: 

a.	

b.	

for financial institutions using the commercial paper market, commercial paper rates based on the applicable variable 
rates in the commercial paper market at the time of issuance; or 
for financial institutions not using the commercial paper market, LMIR. 

We also pay an unused fee of 0.35% on the excess of the facility limit over the average daily capital outstanding.  We pay this 
fee monthly in arrears. 

Australian Seasonal Credit Facility 

In  the  second  quarter  of  2017,  Pool  Systems  Pty.  Ltd.  (PSL)  entered  into  a  credit  facility  to  fund  expansion  and  supplement 
working capital needs.  The credit facility provides a borrowing capacity of AU$20.0 million. 

Cash Pooling Arrangement 

Certain  of  our  foreign  subsidiaries  entered  into  a  cash  pooling  arrangement  with  a  financial  institution  for  cash  management 
purposes.  This arrangement allows the participating subsidiaries to withdraw cash from the financial institution to the extent 
that aggregate cash deposits held by these subsidiaries are available at the financial institution.  To the extent the participating 
subsidiaries  are  in  an  overdraft  position,  such  overdrafts  are  recorded  as  short-term  borrowings  under  a  committed  cash 
overdraft  facility.  These  borrowings  bear  interest  at  a  variable  rate  based  on  3-month  Euro  Interbank  Offered  Rate 
(EURIBOR), plus a fixed margin.  We also pay a commitment fee on the average outstanding balance.  This fee is paid annually 
in advance.  Our borrowing capacity is €12.0 million.  

Maturities of Long-Term Debt 

The table below presents maturities of long-term debt, excluding unamortized deferred financing costs, for the next five years 
(in thousands): 

2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 

$  141,119 
118,274 
9,250 
9,250 
9,250 

Interest Rate Swaps 

In  2020,  we  had  one  interest  rate  swap  contract  in  place,  which  became  effective  on  November  20,  2019  and  terminated  on 
November  20,  2020.  This  swap  contract  was  previously  forward-starting  and  converted  the  variable  interest  rate  to  a  fixed 
interest rate on our variable rate borrowings.  Interest expense related to the notional amount under this swap contract was based 
on the fixed rate plus the applicable margin on our variable rate borrowings.  

The following table provides additional details related to this swap contract: 

Derivative 
Interest rate swap 1 

Inception Date  Effective Date 
November 20, 
2019 

July 6, 2016 

Termination 
Date 
November 20, 
2020 

Notional 
Amount 
(in millions) 
$150.0 

Fixed 
Interest 
Rate 
1.1425% 

69


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
We   currently  have   two  interest   rate   swaps  in  place,  which  became   effective   on  November  20,  2020   and  terminate   on 
September  29,  2022.    These   swap  contracts  were   previously  forward-starting  and  convert   the   variable   interest   rate   to  fixed 
interest  rates on our variable  rate  borrowings.  Interest  expense  related to the  notional  amounts under these  swap contracts is 
based on the fixed rates plus the applicable margin on our variable rate borrowings.  Changes in the estimated fair value of these  
interest rate swap contracts are recorded to Accumulated other comprehensive loss on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

The following table provides additional details related to these swap contracts: 

Derivative 
Interest Rate Swap 2 

Interest Rate Swap 3 

May 7, 2019 

Inception Date  Effective Date 
November 20, 
2020 
November 20, 
2020 

July 25, 2019 

Termination 
Date 
September 29, 
2022 
September 29, 
2022 

Notional 
Amount 
(in millions) 
$75.0 

Fixed 
Interest 
Rate 
2.0925% 

$75.0 

1.5500% 

We  have  entered  into  additional  forward-starting  interest  rate  swap  contracts  to  extend  the  hedged  period  for  future  interest 
payments on our variable rate borrowings.  These swap contracts will convert the variable interest rate to a fixed interest rate on 
our variable rate borrowings. 

The following table provides details related to each of our forward-starting interest rate swap contracts: 

Derivative 
Forward-Starting Interest Rate Swap 1 

Forward-Starting Interest Rate Swap 2  March 9, 2020 

Forward-Starting Interest Rate Swap 3  March 9, 2020 

February 5, 
2020 

Inception Date  Effective Date 
February 26, 
2021 
September 29, 
2022 
February 28, 
2025 

Termination 
Date 
February 28, 
2025 
February 26, 
2027 
February 26, 
2027 

Notional 
Amount 
(in millions) 
$150.0 

Fixed 
Interest 
Rate 
1.3800% 

$150.0 

0.7400% 

$150.0 

0.8130% 

The net difference between interest paid and interest received related to our swap agreements resulted in an incremental interest 
expense of $0.9 million in 2020, a benefit of $0.3 million in 2019 and an expense of $0.3 million in 2018. 

Failure of our swap counterparties would result in the loss of any potential benefit to us under our swap agreements.  In this 
case, we would still be obligated to pay the variable interest payments underlying our debt agreements.  Additionally, failure of 
our swap counterparties would not eliminate our obligation to continue to make payments under our existing swap agreements 
if we continue to be in a net pay position. 

We previously had three interest rate swap contracts which became effective on October 19, 2016 and terminated on November 
20, 2019.  These swaps were previously forward-starting contracts that were amended in October 2015 to bring the fixed rates 
per  our  forward-starting  contracts  in  line  with  market  rates  at  that  time  and  extend  the  hedged  period  for  future  interest 
payments on our variable rate borrowings.  Upon amendment of the original hedge agreements, we were required to freeze the 
amounts  related  to  the  changes  in  the  fair  values  of  these  swaps,  which  were  recorded  in  Accumulated  other  comprehensive 
loss.  These balances became fully amortized in 2018, and we recorded expense of $1.4 million in 2018 as amortization of the 
unrealized loss in Interest and other non-operating expenses, net.  We recognized expense of $0.5 million in 2019 and a benefit 
of $1.2 million in 2018 as a result of ineffectiveness.  We recorded these amounts in Interest and other non-operating expenses, 
net on our Consolidated Statements of Income.  

70


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Financial and Other Covenants


Financial covenants of the Credit Facility, Term Facility and Receivables Facility are closely aligned and include a minimum 
fixed  charge  coverage  ratio  and  maintenance  of  a  maximum  average  total  leverage  ratio,  which  are  our  most  restrictive 
covenants.  The Credit Facility and the Term Facility also limit the declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock 
to no more than 50% of the preceding year’s Net Income (as defined in the Credit Facility and the Term Facility), provided no 
default or event of default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the payment of dividends.  Additionally, we 
may declare and pay quarterly dividends notwithstanding that the aggregate amount of dividends paid would be in excess of the 
50% limit described above so long as (i) the amount per share of such dividends does not exceed the amount per share paid 
during  the  most  recent  fiscal  year  in  which  we  were  in  compliance  with  the  50%  limit  and  (ii)  our  Average  Total  Leverage 
Ratio is less than 3.00 to 1.00 both immediately before and after giving pro forma effect to such dividends.  Further, dividends 
must be declared and paid in a manner consistent with our past practice.  

Under the Credit Facility and the Term Facility, we may repurchase shares of our common stock provided no default or event of 
default has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the repurchase of shares, and our maximum average total leverage 
ratio (determined on a pro forma basis) is less than 2.50 to 1.00.  Other covenants include restrictions on our ability to grant 
liens, incur indebtedness, make investments, merge or consolidate, and sell or transfer assets.  Failure to comply with any of our 
financial covenants or any other terms of the Credit Facility and Term Facility could result in penalty payments, higher interest 
rates on our borrowings or the acceleration of the maturities of our outstanding debt. 

As  of  December  31,  2020,  we  were  in  compliance  with  all  covenants  and  financial  ratio  requirements  related  to  the 
Credit Facility, the Term Facility and the Receivables Facility. 

Deferred Financing Costs 

We capitalize financing costs we incur related to implementing and amending our debt arrangements.  We record these costs as 
a  reduction  of  Long-term  debt,  net  on  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  and  amortize  them  over  the  contractual  life  of  the 
related  debt  arrangements.  The  table  below  summarizes  changes  in  deferred  financing  costs  for  the  past  two  years  (in 
thousands): 

December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Deferred financing costs: 

Balance at beginning of year 

Financing costs deferred 

Balance at end of year 

Less: Accumulated amortization 

$ 

5,118 

$ 

12 

5,130 

(4,505) 

Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization 

$ 

625 

$ 

4,712 

406 

5,118 

(4,107) 

1,011 

71


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Note 6 - Share-Based Compensation 

Share-Based Plans 

Current Plan 

In  May  2007,  our  shareholders  approved  the  2007  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (the  2007  LTIP),  which  authorizes  the 
Compensation  Committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  (the  Board)  to  grant  non-qualified  stock  options  and  restricted  stock 
In  May  2016,  our  shareholders  approved  an  amendment  and 
awards  to  employees,  directors,  consultants  or  advisors. 
restatement of the 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the Amended 2007 LTIP) and increased the number of shares that may be 
issued to a total of 9,315,000 shares.  As of December 31, 2020, we had 4,189,438 shares available for future issuance including 
971,975 shares that may be issued as restricted stock. 

Stock options granted under the Amended 2007 LTIP have an exercise price equal to our stock’s closing market price on the 
grant date and expire ten years from the grant date.  Restricted stock awards granted under the Amended 2007 LTIP are issued 
at no cost to the grantee.  Both stock options and restricted stock awards vest over time depending on an employee’s length of 
service with the company.  Share-based awards to our employees generally vest either five years from the grant date or on a 
three/five year split vest schedule, where half of the awards vest three years from the grant date and the remainder of the awards 
vest five years from the grant date.  Share-based awards to our non-employee directors vest one year from the grant date. 

Beginning with 2016 grants, certain restricted stock awards to our employees contain performance-based criteria in addition to 
the service-based vesting criteria described above.  The awards provide for a three-year performance period for the metric to be 
achieved.  If the performance metric fails to be met, it may be extended by one or two years; however, if it is not met by the end 
of  the  extended  performance  period,  then  all  shares  of  performance-based  restricted  stock  will  be  immediately  forfeited  and 
canceled.  For each of the performance-based grants from 2016 through 2018, we achieved the performance condition in the 
initial  three-year  performance  period.  For  the  performance-based  grants  in  2019  and  2020,  we  have  concluded  that  the 
performance condition is probable to be attained in the initial three-year performance period. 

Stock Option Awards 

The following table summarizes stock option activity under our share-based plans for the year ended December 31, 2020: 

Balance at December 31, 2019 

Granted 
Less:  Exercised 
  Forfeited 

Balance at December 31, 2020 

Shares 
1,302,051 
67,869 
482,361 
3,500 
884,059 

Exercisable at December 31, 2020 

532,114 

Weighted 
Average
Exercise  
Price 

Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term 
(Years) 

Aggregate
Intrinsic  
Value 

$ 

$ 

$ 

64.46 
219.95 
36.61 
90.70 
91.49 

58.37 

4.66 

3.04 

$ 248,430,030 

$ 167,153,553 

The following table presents information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2020: 

Range of Exercise
Prices 

$ 24.50 to $ 58.26 

$ 58.27 to $ 117.04 

$ 117.05 to $ 220.01 

Shares 

343,143 

325,422 

215,494 

884,059 

Exercisable 
Stock Options 

Weighted 
Average
Exercise 
Price 

Shares 

343,143 

$ 

188,971 

— 

45.98 

80.86 

— 

Weighted 
Average
Exercise 
Price 

$ 

45.98 

87.17 

170.48 

$ 

91.49 

532,114 

$ 

58.37 

Outstanding 
Stock Options 
Weighted Average
Remaining
Contractual Term 
(Years) 

2.09 

5.10 

8.09 

4.66 

72


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
	
The following table summarizes the cash proceeds and tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options:


(in thousands, except share amounts) 
Options exercised 
Cash proceeds 
Intrinsic value of options exercised 
Tax benefits realized 

Year Ended December 31,


2020 
482,361 
$ 
17,657 
$  116,794 
29,199 
$ 

2019 
640,475 
16,839 
97,007 
24,252 

$ 
$ 
$ 

2018 
491,448 
11,779 
61,469 
15,367 

$ 
$ 
$ 

We estimated the fair value of employee stock option awards at the grant date based on the assumptions summarized in the 
following table: 

(Weighted average) 
Expected volatility 
Expected term 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected dividend yield 
Grant date fair value 

2020 
20.7 % 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 
21.4 % 

2018 
23.7 % 

6.8  years 

7.0  years 

7.3  years 

1.22 % 
1.3 % 
42.52 

$ 

2.52 % 
1.3 % 
37.75 

$ 

2.87 % 
1.5 % 
35.71 

$ 

We  calculated  expected  volatility  over  the  expected  term  of  the  awards  based  on  the  historical  volatility  of  our  common 
stock.  We  use  weekly  price  observations  for  our  historical  volatility  calculation  because  we  believe  this  provides  the  most 
appropriate measurement of volatility given the trading patterns of our common stock.  We estimated the expected term based 
on  the  vesting  period  of  the  awards  and  our  historical  exercise  activity  for  awards  with  similar  characteristics.  In  2018,  the 
weighted average expected term is impacted by a higher expected term estimate for stock option awards granted to our named 
executive  officers.  There  were  no  stock  option  awards  granted  to  named  executive  officers  in  2019  or  2020.  The  risk-free 
interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with a remaining term approximating the expected term of the 
option.  We determined the expected dividend yield based on the dividends we anticipate paying over the expected term. 

For purposes of recognizing share-based compensation expense, we ratably expense the estimated fair value of employee stock 
options over the options’ requisite service period.  The requisite service period for our share-based awards is either the vesting 
period, or if shorter, the period from the grant date to the date the employee becomes eligible to retire under our share-based 
award  agreements.  We  recognize  compensation  cost  for  awards  with  graded  vesting  using  the  graded  vesting  recognition 
method. 

The following table presents the total share-based compensation expense for stock option awards for the past three years (in 
thousands): 

Option grants share-based compensation expense 
Option grants share-based compensation tax benefits 

$ 

$ 

2,842 
710 

$ 

3,021 
755 

3,218 
805 

2020 

2019 

2018 

At  December  31,  2020, 
million.  We anticipate recognizing this expense over a weighted average period of 2.6 years. 

the  unamortized  compensation  expense  related 

to  stock  option  awards 

totaled  $2.8 

73


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
Restricted Stock Awards


The table below presents restricted stock award activity under our share-based plans for the year ended December 31, 2020:


Balance unvested at December 31, 2019 

Granted (at market price) (1) 
Less:  Vested 

Forfeited 

Balance unvested at December 31, 2020 

Weighted 
Average
Grant Date  
Fair Value 
123.13 
$ 

225.14 
100.16 
87.29 
153.12 

$ 

Shares 

303,304 

66,309 
77,294 
615 
291,704 

(1)  The majority of these shares contain performance-based vesting conditions. 

At   December  31,  2020, 
$12.7 million.  We anticipate recognizing this expense over a weighted average period of 2.9 years. 

the   unamortized  compensation  expense   related 

to 

the   restricted  stock  awards 

totaled 

The  table  below  presents  the  total  number  of  restricted  stock  awards  that  vested  for  the  past  three  years  and  the  related  fair 
value of those awards (in thousands, except share amounts): 

Restricted stock awards - shares vested 
Fair value of restricted stock awards vested 

77,294 
16,813 

$ 

75,143
12,316 

$ 

68,149 
9,642 

$ 

2020 

2019 

2018 

The  following  table  presents  the  total  share-based  compensation  expense  for  restricted  stock  awards  for  the  past  three  years 
(in thousands): 

Restricted stock awards share-based compensation expense 

$ 

10,965 

$ 

10,026 

$ 

9,151 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

In  March  1998,  the  Board  adopted  the  SCP  Pool  Corporation  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  ESPP).  Under  the  ESPP, 
employees who meet minimum age and length of service requirements may purchase stock at 85% of the lower of: 

a.	

b.	

as amended in May 2016, the closing price of our common stock at the end of a six month plan period ending either 
July 31 or January 31; or 
the average of the beginning and ending closing prices of our common stock for such six month period. 

No more than 956,250 shares of our common stock may be issued under the ESPP.  For the two six month offering periods in 
each of the last three years, our employees purchased the following aggregate number of shares: 

2020 

2019 

2018 

10,929 

12,716 

15,966 

The grant date fair value for the most recent ESPP purchase period ended July 31, 2020 was $88.21 per share.  Share-based 
compensation expense related to our ESPP was $0.7 million in 2020, $0.4 million in 2019 and $0.5 million in 2018. 

74


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
	
	
	
Note 7 - Income Taxes


We reduce federal and state income taxes payable by the tax benefits associated with the exercise of deductible nonqualified 
stock options and the lapse of restrictions on deductible restricted stock awards.  To the extent realized tax deductions exceed 
the amount of previously recognized deferred tax benefits related to share-based compensation, we record an excess tax benefit.  
We record all excess tax benefits or deficiencies as income tax benefit or expense in the income statement.  We recorded excess 
tax benefits of $28.6 million to our income tax provision in 2020, $23.5 million in 2019 and $15.3 million in 2018.  

Income before income taxes and equity earnings is attributable to the following jurisdictions (in thousands): 

United States 
Foreign 
Total 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 
$  304,259 
13,215 
$  317,474 

2018 
$  278,311 
14,682 
$  292,993 

2020 
$  428,857 
22,817 
$  451,674 

The provision for income taxes consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 

2018 

2020 

Current: 

Federal 
State and other 

Total current provision for income taxes 

$ 

67,093 
20,680 
87,773 

$ 

35,270 
17,168 
52,438 

$ 

39,504 
14,609 
54,113 

Deferred: 
Federal 
State and other 

Total deferred provision for income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 

$ 

(1,298) 
(1,244) 
(2,542) 
85,231 

$ 

4,154 
(431) 
3,723 
56,161 

$ 

4,676 
(15) 
4,661 
58,774 

A  reconciliation  of  the  U.S.  federal  statutory  tax  rate  to  our  effective  tax  rate  on  Income  before  income  taxes  and  equity 
earnings is as follows: 

Federal statutory rate 
Change in valuation allowance 
Stock-based compensation 
Other, primarily state income tax rate 

Total effective tax rate 

Year Ended December 31, 

2020 

21.00 % 
(0.22) 
(6.34) 
4.43 

18.87 % 

2019 

2018 

21.00 % 
0.10 
(7.40) 
3.99 

17.69 % 

21.00 % 
(0.13) 
(5.23) 
4.42 

20.06 % 

75


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
The table below presents the components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities (in thousands):


Deferred tax assets: 

Product inventories 

Accrued expenses 

Leases 

Share-based compensation 

Uncertain tax positions 

Net operating losses 

Interest rate swaps 

Other 

Total non-current 

Less: Valuation allowance 

Component reclassified for net presentation 

Total non-current, net 

Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Trade discounts on purchases 

Prepaid expenses 

Leases 

Intangible assets, primarily goodwill 

Depreciation 

Total non-current 

Component reclassified for net presentation 

Total non-current, net 

December 31, 

2020 

2019 

$ 

6,110 

4,101 

50,301 

8,730 

3,266 

3,829 

3,023 

3,628 

82,988 

(3,166) 

(78,542) 

1,280 

1,280 

2,218 

3,379 

49,004 

34,244 

17,350 

106,195 

(78,542) 

27,653 

$ 

5,740 

927 

42,698 

9,245 

2,852 

4,807 

66 

2,889 

69,224 

(4,794) 

(63,699) 

731 

731 

2,326 

2,821 

41,418 

32,331 

17,401 

96,297 

(63,699) 

32,598 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

27,653 

32,598 

Net deferred tax liability 

$ 

26,373 

$ 

31,867 

At December 31, 2020, certain of our international subsidiaries had tax loss carryforwards totaling approximately $13.6 million, 
which  expire  in  various  years  after  2021.  Deferred  tax  assets  related  to  the  tax  loss  carryforwards  of  these  international 
subsidiaries  were  $3.8  million  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  $4.8  million  as  of  December  31,  2019.  We  have  recorded  a 
corresponding valuation allowance of $2.9 million and $4.6 million in the respective years. 

As  of  December  31,  2020,  United  States  income  taxes  were  not  provided  on  earnings  or  cash  balances  of  our  foreign 
subsidiaries,  outside  of  the  provisions  of  the  transition  tax  from  U.S.  tax  reform  enacted  in  December  2017.  As  we  have 
historically invested or expect to invest the undistributed earnings indefinitely to fund current cash flow needs in the countries 
where held, additional income tax provisions may be required.  Determining the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability 
on these undistributed earnings and cash balances is not practicable due to the complexity of tax laws and regulations and the 
varying circumstances, tax treatments and timing of any future repatriation. 

76


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
The following table summarizes the activity related to uncertain tax positions for the past three years (in thousands):


Balance at beginning of year 

Increases for tax positions taken during a prior period 
Increases for tax positions taken during the current period 
Decreases resulting from the expiration of the statute of limitations 
Decreases relating to settlements 

Balance at end of year 

2020 
$  13,582 
1,363 
2,721 
2,113 
— 
$  15,553 

2019 
$  12,179 
771 
2,354 
1,390 
332 
$  13,582 

2018 

$ 

9,937 
76 
3,809 
1,603 
40 
$  12,179 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would decrease the effective tax rate was $12.3 million at 
December 31, 2020 and $10.7 million at December 31, 2019. 

We  record  interest  expense  related  to  unrecognized  tax  benefits  in  Interest  and  other  non-operating  expenses,  net,  while  we 
record related penalties in Selling and administrative expenses on our Consolidated Statements of Income.  For unrecognized 
tax benefits, we had interest expense of $1.0 million in 2020, $0.6 million in 2019 and $0.2 million in 2018.  Accrued interest 
related to unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $2.7 million at December 31, 2020 and $1.7 million at December 31, 
2019. 

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions.  With few exceptions, we 
are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 
2017. 

Note 8 - Earnings Per Share 

The  table  below  presents  the  computation  of  earnings  per  share,  including  the  reconciliation  of  basic  and  diluted  weighted 
average shares outstanding (in thousands, except per share data): 

Net income 

Weighted average shares outstanding: 

Basic	
Effect of dilutive securities: 

Stock options and employee stock purchase plan 

Diluted 

Earnings per share: 
Basic	
Diluted	

Year Ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$  366,738 

$  261,575 

$  234,461 

40,106 

39,833 

40,311 

759 

40,865 

1,032 

40,865 

1,382 

41,693 

$ 

$ 

9.14 

8.97 

$ 

$ 

6.57 

6.40 

$ 

$ 

5.82 

5.62 

Anti-dilutive stock options excluded from diluted earnings per share

computations (1) 

— 

— 

— 


(1)	

	 Since these options have exercise prices that are higher than the average market prices of our common stock, including 

them in the calculation would have an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share. 

77


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
	
Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies


Commitments 

We lease facilities for our corporate and administrative offices, sales centers and centralized shipping locations under operating 
leases that expire in various years through 2035.  Most of our leases contain five-year terms with renewal options that allow us 
to  extend  the  lease  term  beyond  the  initial  period,  subject  to  terms  agreed  upon  at  lease  inception.  Based  on  our  leasing 
practices and contract negotiations, we determined that we are not reasonably certain to exercise the renewal options and, as 
such, we have not included optional renewal periods in our measurement of operating lease assets, liabilities and expected lease 
terms. 

We  elected  to  apply  the  package  of  practical  expedients  available  within  ASU  2016-02,  which  is  intended  to  provide  some 
relief to issuers.  Electing this option allowed us to retain our existing assessment of whether an arrangement is or contains a 
lease, is classified as an operating or financing lease and contains initial direct costs.  We also elected the practical expedients 
that  allow  us  to  exclude  short-term  leases  from  our  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets  and  to  combine  lease  and  non-lease 
components.  For additional discussion of our adoption of this accounting guidance, see Note 1. 

For leases with step rent provisions whereby the rental payments increase incrementally over the life of the lease, we recognize 
expense on a straight-line basis determined by the total lease payments over the lease term.  To the extent we determine that 
future  obligations  related  to  real  estate  taxes,  insurance  and  other  lease  components  are  variable,  we  exclude  them  from  the 
measurement of our operating lease assets and liabilities.  

Some of our real estate agreements include rental payments adjusted periodically for inflation.  Our lease agreements do not 
contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.  

The  table  below  presents  rent  expense  associated  with  facility  and  vehicle  operating  leases  for  the  past  three  years  (in 
thousands): 

Lease Cost 

Operating lease cost (1) 

Variable lease cost 

Classification 
Selling and administrative  
expenses 
Selling and administrative  
expenses 

(1) 

Includes short-term lease cost, which is not material. 

2020 

2019 
$  63,141  $  60,104  $  57,235 

2018 

$  16,700  $  13,778  $  12,867 

Based on our lease portfolio as of December 31, 2020, the table below sets forth the approximate future lease payments related 
to operating leases with initial terms of one year or more (in thousands): 

2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 
Thereafter 
Total lease payments 
Less: interest 
Present value of lease liabilities 

$ 

56,443 
52,513 
39,890 
28,085 
19,036 
27,748 
223,715 
15,894 
$  207,821 

78


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
To  calculate  the  present  value  of  our  lease  liabilities,  we  determined  our  incremental  borrowing  rate  based  on  the  effective 
interest rate on our Credit Facility adjusted for a collateral feature similar to that of our leased properties, as we are unable to 
derive implicit rates from our existing leases.  The table below presents the weighted-average remaining lease term (years) of 
our operating leases and the weighted-average discount rate used in the above calculation: 

Lease Term and Discount Rate for Operating Leases 

2020 

2019 

Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) 

Weighted-average discount rate 

5.10 

2.99 % 

4.57 

3.41 % 

December 31, 

The table below presents the amount of cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities (in thousands): 

Year Ended

December 31,


2020 

2019


Operating cash flows for lease liabilities 

$ 

60,723  $ 

56,617 


Contingencies 

From time to time, we are subject to various claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, including product 
liability,  personal  injury,  commercial,  contract  and  employment  matters.  Each  quarter,  we  evaluate  developments  related  to 
claims and litigation and record a liability if we deem a loss to be probable and estimable.  When evaluating these matters for 
accrual and disclosure, we consider factors such as historical experience, specific facts and claims asserted, the likelihood we 
will  prevail  and  the  magnitude  of  any  potential  loss.  The  outcome  of  any  litigation  is  inherently  unpredictable.  Based  on 
currently available facts, we do not believe that the ultimate resolution of any of these claims and litigation matters will have a 
material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.  We do not believe our exposure for any 
of these matters is material for disclosure, either individually or in the aggregate. 

Note 10 - Related Party Transactions 

Policy 

Our  policy  for  related  party  transactions  is  included  in  our  written  Audit  Committee  Charter.  This  policy  requires  that  our 
Audit Committee review and approve all related party transactions required to be disclosed in our Annual Proxy Statement or 
required to be approved based on Nasdaq rules. 

Transactions 

We lease corporate and administrative offices from NCC, an entity we have held a 50% ownership interest in since 2005.  NCC 
owns  and  operates  an  office  building  in  Covington,  Louisiana.  We  lease  corporate  and  administrative  offices  from  NCC, 
occupying approximately 60,000 square feet of office space, and we pay rent of $0.1 million per month.  Our lease term ends 
May 2025.  

The table below presents rent expense associated with this lease for the past three years (in thousands): 

2020 

2019 

2018 

NCC 

$ 

1,222 

$ 

1,222 

$ 

1,155 

79


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
	
	
Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans


We offer a 401(k) savings and retirement plan, which is a defined contribution plan that provides benefits for substantially all 
employees  who  meet  length  of  service  requirements.  Eligible  employees  are  able  to  contribute  up  to  75%  of  their 
compensation, subject to the federal dollar limit.  For plan participants, we provide a matching contribution.  We contribute a 
total  maximum  match  on  employee  contributions  of  up  to  4%  of  their  compensation,  with  a  100%  match  on  the  first  3%  of 
compensation deferred and a 50% match on deferrals between 3% and 5% of compensation.  We also offer retirement plans for 
certain  of  our  international  entities.  The  plan  funding  is  calculated  as  a  percentage  of  the  employee’s  earnings  and  in 
compliance with local laws and practices.  The related expense is not material and is included in the table below. 

We have a nonqualified deferred compensation plan that allows certain employees who occupy key management positions to 
defer salary and bonus amounts.  This plan also provides a matching contribution similar to that provided under our 401(k) plan 
to the extent that a participant’s contributions to the 401(k) plan are limited by IRS deferral and compensation limitations.  The 
total combined company matching contribution provided to a participant under the 401(k) plan and the nonqualified deferred 
compensation  plan  for  any  one  year  may  not  exceed  4%  of  a  participant’s  salary  and  bonus.  The  employee  and  company 
matching contributions are invested in certain equity and fixed income securities based on individual employee elections. 

The table below sets forth our contributions for the past three years (in thousands): 

Defined contribution and international retirement plans  $ 

8,259 

$ 

7,373 

$ 

7,239 

Deferred compensation plan 

160 

195 

245 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Note 12 - Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The table below summarizes the unaudited quarterly results of operations for the past two years (in thousands, except per share 
data): 

2020 

2019


Quarter 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

$  677,288  $ 1,280,846  $ 1,139,229  $  839,261  $  597,456  $ 1,121,328 $  898,500

$  582,234 

189,629 

30,912 

373,481 

157,555 

328,698 

119,098 

239,095 

174,631 

59,174 

32,637 

330,314 

131,390 

257,931 

162,050 

79,525 

18,024 

$ 

$ 

0.77  $ 

0.75  $ 

3.94  $ 

3.87  $ 

2.97  $ 

2.92  $ 

1.47  $ 

1.45  $ 

0.83 

$ 

0.80  $ 

3.30 

$ 

3.22  $ 

1.99  $ 

1.95  $ 

0.45 

0.44 

Net sales 

Gross profit 

Net income 

Earnings per share: 

Basic 

Diluted 

The sum of basic and diluted earnings per share for each of the quarters may not equal the total basic and diluted earnings per 
share for the annual periods because of rounding differences and a difference in the way that in-the-money stock options are 
considered from quarter to quarter. 

80


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
	
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure


Not applicable. 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

The term “disclosure controls and procedures” is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 (the Act).  The rules refer to the controls and other procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed 
in  reports  that  we  file  or  submit  under  the  Act  is  (1)  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods 
specified  in  the  Commission’s  rules  and  forms  and  (2)  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our 
principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required 
disclosure.  As of December 31, 2020, management, including the CEO and CFO, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness 
of our disclosure controls and procedures.  Based on that evaluation, management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that 
as of December 31, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective. 

We maintain a system of internal control over financial reporting that is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  U.S. 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Based  on  the  most  recent  evaluation,  we  have  concluded  that  no  change  in  our 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  occurred  during  the  last  fiscal  quarter  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably 
likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

81


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting


Pool  Corporation’s  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Our internal 
control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation 
of  published  financial  statements.  All  internal  control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  designed,  have  inherent  limitations. 
Therefore,  even  those  systems  determined  to  be  effective  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  with  respect  to  financial 
statement preparation and presentation. Any evaluation or projection of effectiveness to future periods is also subject to risk that 
controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures 
may deteriorate. 

Pool Corporation’s management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2020.  In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (COSO) in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Based on this assessment, 
management  has  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2020,  Pool  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was 
effective. 

The independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this 
Form 10-K has issued a report on Pool Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. This report appears below. 

82


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Pool Corporation 

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We  have  audited  Pool  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2020,  based  on  criteria 
established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission  (2013  framework)  (the  COSO  criteria).  In  our  opinion,  Pool  Corporation  (the  Company)  maintained,  in  all 
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on the COSO criteria. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) 
(PCAOB),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Company  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  related  consolidated 
statements  of  income,  comprehensive  income,  stockholders’  equity  and  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  three  years  in  the  period 
ended  December  31,  2020,  and  the  related  notes  and  our  report  dated  February  25,  2021  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion 
thereon. 

Basis for Opinion 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report 
on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control 
over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be 
independent  with  respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and 
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the 
audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all 
material respects.  

Our  audit  included  obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material 
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and 
performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a 
reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the 
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  A  company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures 
that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit 
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and 
expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the 
company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use,  or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Also, 
projections  of  any  evaluation  of  effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 /s/ Ernst & Young LLP 

New Orleans, Louisiana 
February 25, 2021 

83


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
Item 9B.  Other Information


Not applicable.


Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III. 

Incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2021 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC. 

We  have  a  Code  of Business Conduct  and Ethics (the  Code) that  applies to all  of our employees, officers and directors, and is 
available   on  our  website   at   www.poolcorp.com.    Any  substantive   amendments  to  the   Code,  or  any  waivers  granted  to  any 
directors  or  executive   officers,  including  our  principal   executive   officer,  principal   financial   officer  or  principal   accounting 
officer and controller, will be disclosed on our website and remain there for at least 12 months. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2021 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC. 

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2021 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2021 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC. 

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Incorporated by reference to Pool Corporation’s 2021 Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC. 

84


	
	
	
PART IV.


Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a)  The following documents are filed as part of this report: 

(1)  Consolidated Financial Statements: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

(2)  Financial Statement Schedules. 

Page 
47 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or are not required 
or because the required information is provided in our Consolidated Financial
Statements or accompanying Notes included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

(3)  The exhibits listed in the Index to Exhibits. 

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

85


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

No. 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

Description 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company. 

Form of certificate representing shares of common 
stock of the Company. 
Description of the Securities of Pool Corporation 
Registered Under Section 12 of the Securities and 
Exchange Act of 1934. 

10.1 

*  Amended and Restated SCP Pool Corporation 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan. 

Filed/
Furnished 
with this 
Form 10-K 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form 

File No. 

Date Filed 

10-Q 

000-26640  08/09/2006 

8-K 
8-K 

000-26640  02/08/2019 
000-26640  05/19/2006 

10-K 

000-26640  02/27/2020 

8-K 

000-26640  05/06/2016 

10.2 

*  Pool Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Long-

8-K 

000-26640  05/06/2016 

Term Incentive Plan. 

10.3 

*  Form of Stock Option Agreement for Employees under   
the Amended and Restated 2007 Long-Term Incentive 
Plan. 

10-K 

000-26640  02/26/2015 

10.4 

*  Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock 

10-K 

000-26640  02/26/2016 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

Agreement under the Pool Corporation Amended and 
Restated 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan. 

*  Form of Stock Option Agreement for Directors under 
the Amended and Restated 2007 Long‑Term Incentive  
Plan. 

*  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement for Directors 
under the Amended and Restated 2007 Long-Term 
Incentive Plan. 

*  Form of Employment Agreement. 

*  Employment Agreement, dated January 17, 2003, 

between SCP Distributors, LLC and A. David Cook. 
*  Employment Agreement, dated December 20, 2016, 
between SCP Distributors, LLC and Peter D. Arvan. 
*  Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan Basic Plan 

Document, dated March 1, 2005. 

*  Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan Adoption 
Agreement by and among SCP Distributors, L.L.C., 
Superior Pool Products, L.L.C. and Cypress, Inc., dated 
March 1, 2005. 

Trust Agreement by and among SCP Distributors, 
L.L.C., Superior Pool Products, L.L.C. and Cypress, 
Inc. and T. Rowe Price Trust Company, dated March 1, 
2005. 

8-K 

000-26640  05/06/2009 

8-K 

000-26640  05/06/2009 

10-K 

10-K 

000-26640  03/18/2003 

000-26640  03/01/2005 

10-K 

000-26640  02/24/2017 

10-Q 

000-26640  04/29/2005 

10-Q 

000-26640  04/29/2005 

10-Q 

000-26640  04/29/2005 

10.13 

*  Pool Corporation Executive Officer Annual Incentive 

10-K 

000-26640  02/27/2019 

Plan. 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
No. 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

Description


Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of 
September 29, 2017, among Pool Corporation as US 
Borrower, by and among Pool Corporation, as US 
Borrower, SCP Distributors Canada Inc., as Canadian 
Borrower, SCP Pool B.V., as Dutch Borrower, Wells 
Fargo Bank, National Association, as Joint Lead 
Arranger, Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and 
an Issuing Lender, Bank of America, N.A., MUFG 
Union Bank, N.A., Capital One, N.A., Regions Bank, 
and BB&T Capital Markets, each as Joint Lead 
Arranger and Syndication Agent, and Fifth Third Bank, 
JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., Industrial and 
Commercial Bank of China Ltd., New York Branch, 
and the Bank of East Asia Ltd., New York Branch. 
as amended by First Amendment to Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement. 
as amended by Second Amendment to Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement. 
as amended by Third Amendment to Amended and 
Restated Credit Agreement. 

*  Pool Corporation Strategic Plan Incentive Program. 

Receivables Sale and Contribution Agreement, dated 
as of October 11, 2013, between SCP Distributors 
LLC, Horizon Distributors, Inc., Superior Pool
Products LLC and Poolfx Supply LLC, as Originators 
and Superior Commerce LLC, as Buyer. 
Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 
11, 2013, among Superior Commerce LLC as Seller, 
SCP Distributors LLC, as the Servicer, the Purchasers 
from time to time thereto, The Bank of 
Tokyo‑Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch, as the 
Victory Group Co-Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, 
National Association, as the Wells Group Co-Agent
and as Administrative Agent. 
as amended by Second Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of June 25, 2014. 
as amended by Third Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of October 24, 2014. 
as amended by Fourth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of October 1, 2015. 
as amended by Fifth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of October 15, 2015. 
as amended by Sixth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of October 28, 2016. 
as amended by Seventh Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of August 31, 2017. 
as amended by Eighth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of November 28, 2017. 
as amended by Ninth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of October 31. 2018. 
as amended by Tenth Amendment to the Receivables 
Purchase Agreement dated as of November 1, 2019. 
Performance Undertaking, dated as of October 11, 
2013, by and between Pool Corporation and Superior 
Commerce LLC. 

Filed/
Furnished 
with this 
Form 10-K 

Incorporated by Reference


Form 

File No. 

Date Filed 

8-K 

000-26640  10/02/2017 

8-K 

000-26640  09/24/2018 

10-K 

000-26640  02/27/2020 

10-K 

000-26640  02/27/2020 

10-K 

8-K 

000-26640  02/27/2019 

000-26640  10/17/2013 

8-K 

000-26640  10/17/2013 

10-Q 

000-26640  07/30/2014 

8-K 

000-26640  10/28/2014 

8-K 

000-26640  10/20/2015 

8-K 

000-26640  10/20/2015 

8-K 

000-26640  10/31/2016 

8-K 

000-26640  09/01/2017 

8-K 

000-26640  11/29/2017 

8-K 

000-26640  11/02/2018 

8-K 

000-26640  11/04/2019 

8-K 

000-26640  10/17/2013 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
	
 
 
 
No. 

10.31	

21.1	
23.1	
31.1	

31.2	

32.1	

Description 

Credit Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2019, 
among Pool Corporation as the Borrower, Certain 

Subsidiaries of the Borrower Party Hereto, as the

Guarantors, and Bank of America, N.A., as the Lender.

Subsidiaries of the registrant. 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. 

Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 
Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 
Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, 
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002. 

101.INS  +	

	 Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance  

document does not appear in the Interactive Data File 
because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline 
XBRL document 

101.SCH  +	
101.CAL  +	

	 Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 
	 Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation 

Linkbase Document 

101.DEF  +	

	 Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition 

101.LAB  + 

Linkbase Document 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
Document 

101.PRE  +  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation 

104	

+ 

Linkbase Document 
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in Inline
XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) 

Filed/
Furnished 
with this 
Form 10-K 

Incorporated by Reference 

Form 

File No. 

Date Filed 

8-K 

000-26640 

01/02/2020


X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

X 

* 

+

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement 

Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following items formatted in iXBRL (Inline Extensible Business Reporting 

Language): 
1.	
2. Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018; 

December 31, 2018; 

3. Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019; 
4. Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 

2018; 

5. Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 

and December 31, 2018; and 

6. Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
	
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 
report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on February 25, 2021. 

SIGNATURES


POOL CORPORATION 

By: 

/s/ JOHN E. STOKELY 

John E. Stokely, Chairman of the Board 
and Lead Independent Director 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant in the capacities indicated on February 25, 2021. 

Signature: 

Title: 

/s/ JOHN E. STOKELY 

John E. Stokely 

/s/ PETER D. ARVAN 

Peter D. Arvan 

/s/ MARK W. JOSLIN 
Mark W. Joslin 

/s/ MELANIE M. HOUSEY HART 
Melanie M. Housey Hart 

/s/ ANDREW W. CODE 

Andrew W. Code 

  /s/ TIMOTHY M. GRAVEN

  Timothy M. Graven 

/s/ DEBRA S. OLER 
Debra S. Oler 

/s/ MANUEL J. PEREZ DE LA MESA 

Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa 

/s/ HARLAN F. SEYMOUR 

Harlan F. Seymour 

/s/ ROBERT C. SLEDD 
Robert C. Sledd 

/s/ DAVID G. WHALEN 

David G. Whalen 

Chairman of the Board and Lead Independent Director 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting 
Officer 

Director

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
YY OOOOOFFFFFFFFIIICCCEEEEERRRRRS
SS
S 
CCCCCOOOOOMMMMMPPPPAAAAANNNNNYY 
Y 
N
P
OMM
C
ERRSSS
C
F
FF
O
NNDDD D RRECCCT	T
NDDD DIRREE
AAAAANNNN
A
SORRRS
SSS
RRRR
OOOO
TT
CCC
EEE
DDDDIII

SSSSSSSHHHHHHHAAARRR	 E
L E
EEEEERRRRRRR
H
OOOOOOOLLLDDDDD
DE
HH L
EEHHHHH L
AAAAARRRREEEE
SS
III FFFOORRMMAAAAATTTTTIIIIOOOONNNN
N
FO MMATIO
I F RR
N
FOORRMMMM
OOO
FF
NNNNNN

OFFICERS 

Peter D. Arvan (1) 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Mark W. Joslin (1) 
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Jeffrey M. Clay (1) 
President of Horizon Distributors, Inc. 

David B. Collier (1) 
Vice President of Operations and Supply Chain 

A. David Cook (1) 
Former Group Vice President, Retired March 2021 

Melanie M. Housey Hart (1) 
Vice President, Corporate Controller and 
Chief Accounting Officer 

Todd R. Marshall 
Chief Information Officer 

Jennifer M. Neil (1) 
Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer 

Robert R. Rankin 
Vice President and General Manager 

Kenneth G. St. Romain (1) 
Group Vice President 

Donna K. Williams 
Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

John E. Stokely (3), (6) 
Chairman of the Board 
Retired, Former President, Chief Executive Officer 
and Chairman of Richfood Holdings, Inc. 

Manuel J. Perez de la Mesa 
Vice Chairman of the Board 
Retired, Former President and Chief Executive Officer 
of Pool Corporation 

Peter D. Arvan 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Andrew W. Code (5) 
Founder and Former Managing Partner, CHS Capital 

Timothy M. Graven (2), (7) 
Retired, Former President and Chief Operating Officer 
of Steel Technologies, Inc. 

Debra S. Oler (5), (9) 
Retired, Former Senior Vice President/President North 
American Sales and Service of W.W. Grainger, Inc. 

Harlan F. Seymour (4), (7), (8) 
Retired, Former Chairman of ACI Worldwide, Inc. 

Robert C. Sledd (3), (5) 
Retired, Director of Owens & Minor, Inc. 

David G. Whalen (3), (9) 
Former President and Chief Executive Officer 
of A.T. Cross Company 

SEC FILINGS / INVESTOR CONTACT 

Pool Corporation reports filed with or furnished to the 
Securities and Exchange Commission are available without 
charge to shareholders upon written request. These requests 
and other investor inquiries should be directed to Investor 
Relations at the company’s corporate address below. 

SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING 
The Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of Pool Corporation will be 
held on Tuesday, May 4, 2021, at 9:00 a.m., Central Time. 
We are pleased to announce that this year’s Annual Meeting 
will be a virtual meeting via live webcast on the Internet. 
Shareholders of record as of March 16, 2021, will be entitled 
to vote at this meeting. 

STOCK LISTING 
Pool Corporation’s common stock is traded on the Nasdaq 
Global Select Market under the symbol POOL. 

COMPANY ADDRESS 
Pool Corporation 

109 Northpark Boulevard 
Covington, LA  70433-5001 
Phone: 985.892.5521 

www.poolcorp.com 

REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. 

P.O. Box 505000 
Louisville, KY  40233 
Phone: 877.498.8861 

Inquiries regarding stock transfers, lost certificates or 
address changes should be directed to Computershare at 
the above address. 

For more information: www.computershare.com 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED 
PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 
Ernst & Young LLP 
New Orleans, LA 

OUTSIDE SECURITIES COUNSEL 
Jones Walker LLP 
New Orleans, LA 

(1)  Executive Officer	 

(2)  Chairman, Audit Committee 

(3)  Member, Audit Committee 

(4)  Chairman, Compensation Committee 

(5)  Member, Compensation Committee 

(6)  Chairman, Nominating and

Corporate Governance Committee

(7)  Member, Nominating and

Corporate Governance Committee 
(8)  Chairman, Strategic Planning Committee 
(9)  Member, Strategic Planning Committee 

  
 
 
 
 
 
ANNUAL
REPORT 2020

EXCEPTIONAL 
VALUE 
RETURN 
OPPORTUNITIES 

109 Northpark Blvd | Covington, LA 70433 
985.892.5521 
www.poolcorp.com